Inogen, Inc. Annual Report 2017

FY2017 Annual Report · Inogen, Inc.

Loading PDF…

Inogen, Inc.
Inogen, Inc.
Inogen, Inc.
FISCAL 2017
FISCAL 2017
FISCAL 2017
ANNUAL REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT
ANNUAL REPORT

[PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Dear Inogen Investor:

2017 was another great year for Inogen employees and stockholders, as well as oxygen patients worldwide. We contin-
2017 was another great year for Inogen employees and stockholders, as well as oxygen patients worldwide. We contin-
2017 was another great year for Inogen employees and stockholders, as well as oxygen patients worldwide. We contin-
ued to make progress toward our vision to establish portable oxygen concentrators as the standard of care for ambu-
ued to make progress toward our vision to establish portable oxygen concentrators as the standard of care for ambu-
ued to make progress toward our vision to establish portable oxygen concentrators as the standard of care for ambu-
latory oxygen patients, achieving record sales of approximately 128,000 units, an increase of over 39% versus 2016. We
latory oxygen patients, achieving record sales of approximately 128,000 units, an increase of over 39% versus 2016. We
latory oxygen patients, achieving record sales of approximately 128,000 units, an increase of over 39% versus 2016. We
expanded our direct-to-consumer sales and marketing initiatives to increase awareness and adoption of our portable
expanded our direct-to-consumer sales and marketing initiatives to increase awareness and adoption of our portable
expanded our direct-to-consumer sales and marketing initiatives to increase awareness and adoption of our portable
oxygen concentrators. Traditional oxygen therapy providers continued to adopt our portable oxygen concentrators to
oxygen concentrators. Traditional oxygen therapy providers continued to adopt our portable oxygen concentrators to
oxygen concentrators. Traditional oxygen therapy providers continued to adopt our portable oxygen concentrators to
reduce their operating costs in the face of reimbursement reductions. We achieved 44% revenue growth in our combined
reduce their operating costs in the face of reimbursement reductions. We achieved 44% revenue growth in our combined
reduce their operating costs in the face of reimbursement reductions. We achieved 44% revenue growth in our combined
direct-to-consumer and domestic business-to-business sales channels, more than oﬀ setting the expected rental revenue
direct-to-consumer and domestic business-to-business sales channels, more than oﬀ setting the expected rental revenue
direct-to-consumer and domestic business-to-business sales channels, more than oﬀ setting the expected rental revenue
reimbursement decline driven by the Medicare Competitive Bidding Program.
reimbursement decline driven by the Medicare Competitive Bidding Program.
reimbursement decline driven by the Medicare Competitive Bidding Program.

Overall, we achieved record total revenue of $249.4 million, growing 23% versus the previous year. We also demonstrat-
ed we can deliver impressive bottom line results while achieving a high revenue growth rate with net income of $21.0
million.

While we continued with our track record of achieving high revenue growth in 2017, I am particularly proud of our em-
While we continued with our track record of achieving high revenue growth in 2017, I am particularly proud of our em-
While we continued with our track record of achieving high revenue growth in 2017, I am particularly proud of our em-
ployees’ ability to execute on several key investment projects which I believe are critical to our future success.
ployees’ ability to execute on several key investment projects which I believe are critical to our future success.
ployees’ ability to execute on several key investment projects which I believe are critical to our future success.

• Direct-To-Consumer Sales Force – We opened a new patient-focused sales and support facility in Cleveland,
• Direct-To-Consumer Sales Force – We opened a new patient-focused sales and support facility in Cleveland,
• Direct-To-Consumer Sales Force – We opened a new patient-focused sales and support facility in Cleveland,
OH in August, providing additional space for direct-to-consumer sales capacity expansion for the next several years.
OH in August, providing additional space for direct-to-consumer sales capacity expansion for the next several years.
OH in August, providing additional space for direct-to-consumer sales capacity expansion for the next several years.
The opening of this site was a key contributing factor to expanding our inside sales team to 263 reps at the end of 2017,
The opening of this site was a key contributing factor to expanding our inside sales team to 263 reps at the end of 2017,
The opening of this site was a key contributing factor to expanding our inside sales team to 263 reps at the end of 2017,
an increase of 49% versus the year-end total in 2016. In addition, we made a signiﬁ cant investment in a new Customer
an increase of 49% versus the year-end total in 2016. In addition, we made a signiﬁ cant investment in a new Customer
an increase of 49% versus the year-end total in 2016. In addition, we made a signiﬁ cant investment in a new Customer
Relationship Management software package which we expect will facilitate productivity improvements throughout our
Relationship Management software package which we expect will facilitate productivity improvements throughout our
Relationship Management software package which we expect will facilitate productivity improvements throughout our
patient-focused sales and support teams, as well as deliver a better customer experience in the future.
patient-focused sales and support teams, as well as deliver a better customer experience in the future.
patient-focused sales and support teams, as well as deliver a better customer experience in the future.

• European Expansion – In May 2017 we acquired MedSupport Systems, a distributor based in the Netherlands

• European Expansion – In May 2017 we acquired MedSupport Systems, a distributor based in the Netherlands
• European Expansion – In May 2017 we acquired MedSupport Systems, a distributor based in the Netherlands
which had faithfully represented Inogen products throughout Europe for more than 10 years. We are now operating this
which had faithfully represented Inogen products throughout Europe for more than 10 years. We are now operating this
which had faithfully represented Inogen products throughout Europe for more than 10 years. We are now operating this
facility as our Inogen European commercial center, providing multilingual sales, support, and repair services to all of our
facility as our Inogen European commercial center, providing multilingual sales, support, and repair services to all of our
facility as our Inogen European commercial center, providing multilingual sales, support, and repair services to all of our
customers throughout Europe. We also began production of our Inogen One G3 concentrators in the fourth quarter using
customers throughout Europe. We also began production of our Inogen One G3 concentrators in the fourth quarter using
customers throughout Europe. We also began production of our Inogen One G3 concentrators in the fourth quarter using
a contract manufacturer, Foxconn, located in the Czech Republic. We plan to use Foxconn to supply the vast majority of
a contract manufacturer, Foxconn, located in the Czech Republic. We plan to use Foxconn to supply the vast majority of
a contract manufacturer, Foxconn, located in the Czech Republic. We plan to use Foxconn to supply the vast majority of
Inogen One G3 concentrators in Europe, improving our lead times, cost position, and overall production capacity. Our
Inogen One G3 concentrators in Europe, improving our lead times, cost position, and overall production capacity. Our
Inogen One G3 concentrators in Europe, improving our lead times, cost position, and overall production capacity. Our
European customers have praised our commitment to their success with these investments.
European customers have praised our commitment to their success with these investments.
European customers have praised our commitment to their success with these investments.

Based on the most recent 2016 data, the domestic market penetration of portable oxygen concentrators in the Medicare
Based on the most recent 2016 data, the domestic market penetration of portable oxygen concentrators in the Medicare
Based on the most recent 2016 data, the domestic market penetration of portable oxygen concentrators in the Medicare
oxygen therapy market is approximately 9%. So, despite the beneﬁ ts that portable oxygen concentrators oﬀ er to pa-
oxygen therapy market is approximately 9%. So, despite the beneﬁ ts that portable oxygen concentrators oﬀ er to pa-
oxygen therapy market is approximately 9%. So, despite the beneﬁ ts that portable oxygen concentrators oﬀ er to pa-
tients and providers, the market remains under-penetrated. As the leader in the portable oxygen concentrator segment,
tients and providers, the market remains under-penetrated. As the leader in the portable oxygen concentrator segment,
tients and providers, the market remains under-penetrated. As the leader in the portable oxygen concentrator segment,
this continues to represent a signiﬁ cant growth opportunity for Inogen as patients, physicians, and homecare providers
this continues to represent a signiﬁ cant growth opportunity for Inogen as patients, physicians, and homecare providers
this continues to represent a signiﬁ cant growth opportunity for Inogen as patients, physicians, and homecare providers
become more aware of the beneﬁ ts of our products.
become more aware of the beneﬁ ts of our products.
become more aware of the beneﬁ ts of our products.

We plan to invest in expansion of our direct-to-consumer sales team throughout 2018 as we believe this is still the most
We plan to invest in expansion of our direct-to-consumer sales team throughout 2018 as we believe this is still the most
We plan to invest in expansion of our direct-to-consumer sales team throughout 2018 as we believe this is still the most
eﬀ ective means to drive growth in this channel. While we expect the domestic oxygen provider community to seek ways
eﬀ ective means to drive growth in this channel. While we expect the domestic oxygen provider community to seek ways
eﬀ ective means to drive growth in this channel. While we expect the domestic oxygen provider community to seek ways
to improve the Medicare National Competitive Bidding Program, we believe that reimbursement rates will continue to
to improve the Medicare National Competitive Bidding Program, we believe that reimbursement rates will continue to
to improve the Medicare National Competitive Bidding Program, we believe that reimbursement rates will continue to
drive providers to non-delivery solutions like portable oxygen concentrators. We believe Inogen is in a unique position to
drive providers to non-delivery solutions like portable oxygen concentrators. We believe Inogen is in a unique position to
drive providers to non-delivery solutions like portable oxygen concentrators. We believe Inogen is in a unique position to
lead the market adoption of portable oxygen concentrators with our best-in-class and patient-preferred products.
lead the market adoption of portable oxygen concentrators with our best-in-class and patient-preferred products.
lead the market adoption of portable oxygen concentrators with our best-in-class and patient-preferred products.

Awareness and adoption of Inogen’s innovative portable oxygen solutions continued to increase over the past year, and
we are proud to have helped thousands of long-term oxygen therapy patients reclaim their freedom and independence
worldwide. We will continue to seek ways to accelerate the global adoption of portable oxygen concentrators while we
focus on developing innovative oxygen therapy solutions to stay at the forefront of patient preference. We are excited
about the future of the oxygen therapy industry where we believe portable oxygen concentrators will become the stan-
dard of care of ambulatory patients over the next 7 to 10 years. Thank you for your continued support of Inogen and our
mission.

Scott Wilkinson
Chief Executive Oﬃ cer, President and Director

[PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
⌧ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(cid:3) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

For the Transition Period From to

Commission file number: 001-36309

INOGEN, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

326 Bollay Drive
Goleta, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

33-0989359
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

93117
(Zip Code)

(805) 562-0500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ⌧ No (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:3) No ⌧

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during

the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes ⌧ No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be

submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such files). Yes ⌧ No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not

be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. ⌧

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging

growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

⌧

Accelerated filer

(cid:3) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

(cid:3)

Emerging growth company

(cid:3)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:3) No ⌧

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing sale price of the Registrant’s

common stock on the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately
$1.2 billion. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer and director and by each other person who may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Registrant, have
been excluded from this computation. The determination of affiliate status for this purpose is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of February 23, 2018, the Registrant had 21,095,176 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information called for by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included to the extent stated herein in an amendment to this Form 10-K or
incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I

Page

Item 1.
Business...............................................................................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors.........................................................................................................................................................................
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments ...............................................................................................................................................
Properties.............................................................................................................................................................................
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings ...............................................................................................................................................................
Item 3.
Mine Safety Disclosures......................................................................................................................................................
Item 4.

Part II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.........
Item 5.
Selected Financial Data.......................................................................................................................................................
Item 6.
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .............................................
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ............................................................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...................................................................................................................
Item 8.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................................
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures......................................................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information................................................................................................................................................................

Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ................................................................................................
Item 11. Executive Compensation.....................................................................................................................................................
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters...........................
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence....................................................................
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services .............................................................................................................................

Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ............................................................................................................................

2
23
52
52
52
53

54
56
58
82
83
83
83
85

85
85
85
85
85

INOGEN, INC.

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act

of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The
forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited
to, statements concerning the following:

(cid:129)

information concerning our possible or assumed future cash flow, revenue, sources of revenue and results of operations,
operating and other expenses;

our assessment of reduced reimbursement rates, the continued impact from competitive bidding, future declines in rental
revenue, and future decline in rental patients on service;

our expectations regarding regulatory approvals and government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

our ability to develop new products, improve our existing products and increase the value of our products;

our expectations regarding the timing of new products and product improvement launches;

market share expectations, unit sales, business strategies, financing plans, expansion of our business, competitive position,
industry environment, potential growth opportunities;

our expectations regarding the market size, market growth and the growth potential for our business;

our ability to sustain and manage growth, including our ability to develop new products and enter new markets;

our expectations regarding the average selling price and manufacturing costs of our products, including our expectations
to continue to reduce average unit costs for our systems;

our expectation to expand our sales and marketing channels, including through hiring additional sales representatives and
expanding our advertising campaigns;

our expectations with respect to our European and U.S. facilities and our expectations with respect to our contract
manufacturer in Europe;

our ability to successfully acquire and integrate companies and assets and the anticipated benefits from our acquisition of
MedSupport Systems B.V. (MedSupport);

our expectations regarding excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation;

our assessments and estimates of our effective tax rate;

our internal control environment;

the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations and estimated hiring plans;

our expectation that our existing capital resources and the cash to be generated from expected product sales and rentals
will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and investing requirements for at least the next twelve months; and

the effects of competition.

Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,”
“believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,”
“would,” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual
results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or
implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is
not possible for us to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or

combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may
make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking
statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relate only to events as of the date on which the
statements are made. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the
reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information
becomes available in the future.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our
business, and the markets for certain diseases, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets, and the incidence and
prevalence of certain medical conditions. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar
methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and
circumstances reflected in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other
data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry,
medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

“Inogen,” “Inogen One,” “Inogen One G2,” “Inogen One G3,” “G4,” “Oxygenation,” “Live Life in Moments, not Minutes,”
“Never Run Out of Oxygen,” “Oxygen Therapy on Your Terms,” “Oxygen.Anytime.Anywhere,” “Reclaim Your Independence,”
“Intelligent Delivery Technology,” “Inogen At Home,” and the Inogen design are registered trademarks with the United States Patent
and Trademark Office of Inogen, Inc. We own trademark registrations for the mark “Inogen” in Australia, Canada, South Korea,
Mexico, Europe (European Union registration), and Japan. We own a trademark registration for the mark “(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)” in Japan. We
own trademark registrations for the mark “Inogen One” in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and Europe (European
Union registration). We own a trademark registration for the mark “Satellite Conserver” in Canada. We own a trademark registration
for the mark “Inogen At Home” in Europe (European Union Registration). We own trademark registrations for the mark “G4” in
Europe (European Union registration) and the United Kingdom. Other service marks, trademarks, and trade names referred to in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Inogen, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

We were incorporated in Delaware on November 27, 2001. We are a medical technology company that primarily develops,

manufactures and markets innovative portable oxygen concentrators used to deliver supplemental long-term oxygen therapy to
patients suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Traditionally, these patients have relied on stationary oxygen concentrator
systems for use in the home and oxygen tanks or cylinders for mobile use, which we call the delivery model. The tanks and cylinders
must be delivered regularly and have a finite amount of oxygen, which requires patients to plan activities outside of their homes
around delivery schedules and a finite oxygen supply. Additionally, patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to their stationary
concentrators simply to enable mobility within their homes. Our proprietary Inogen One® systems concentrate the air around the
patient to offer a single source of supplemental oxygen anytime, anywhere with a portable device weighing approximately 2.8, 4.8 or
7.0 pounds with a single battery. Our Inogen One G4®, Inogen One G3® and Inogen One G2® have up to 2.6, 4.7 and 5.0 hours of
battery life, respectively, with a single battery and can be plugged into an outlet when at home, in a car, or in a public place with
outlets available. Our Inogen One systems reduce the patient’s reliance on stationary concentrators and scheduled deliveries of tanks
with a finite supply of oxygen, thereby improving patient quality of life and fostering mobility.

Portable oxygen concentrators represented the fastest-growing segment of the Medicare oxygen therapy market between 2012
and 2016. We estimate based on 2016 Medicare data that the total number of patients using portable oxygen concentrators represents
approximately 9.1% of the total addressable oxygen market in the United States, although the Medicare data does not account for
private insurance and cash-pay patients in the market. Based on 2016 industry data, we believe we were the leading worldwide
manufacturer of portable oxygen concentrators. We believe we are the only manufacturer of portable oxygen concentrators that
employs a direct-to-consumer strategy in the United States, meaning we market our products to patients, process their physician
paperwork, provide clinical support as needed and bill Medicare or insurance on their behalf. To pursue a direct-to-consumer strategy,
our manufacturing competitors would need to meet national accreditation and state-by-state licensing requirements and secure
Medicare billing privileges, including Medicare competitive bidding contracts, as well as compete with the home medical equipment
providers who many of our manufacturing competitors sell to across their entire homecare businesses.

Since adopting our direct-to-consumer strategy in 2009 following our acquisition of Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC, which
had an active Medicare billing number but few other assets and limited business activities, we have directly sold or rented more than
362,000 of our Inogen oxygen concentrators as of December 31, 2017.

We incorporated Inogen Europe Holding B.V., a Dutch limited liability company, on April 13, 2017. We own all outstanding

stock of Inogen Europe Holding B.V., which became a wholly owned subsidiary of Inogen, Inc.

Our market

We believe the current total addressable oxygen therapy market in the United States is approximately $3 billion to $4 billion,
based on 2016 Medicare data and our estimate of the ratio of the Medicare market to the total market. As of 2016, we estimate that
there are 4.5 million patients worldwide who use oxygen therapy, including 2.5 to 3 million patients in the United States, and more
than 60% of oxygen therapy patients in the United States are covered by Medicare. The number of oxygen therapy patients in the
United States is projected to grow by approximately 7% to 10% per year between 2017 and 2021, which we believe is the result of
earlier diagnosis of chronic respiratory conditions, demographic trends and longer durations of long-term oxygen therapy.

Long-term oxygen therapy has been shown to be a cost-efficient and clinically effective means to treat hypoxemia, a condition

in which patients have insufficient oxygen in the blood. Hypoxemic patients are unable to convert oxygen found in the air into the
bloodstream in an efficient manner, causing organ damage and poor health. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or COPD, is a
leading cause of hypoxemia. Approximately 70% of our patient population has been diagnosed with COPD, which we believe is
reflective of the long-term oxygen therapy market in general. Industry sources estimate that 24 million people in the United States
suffer from COPD, of which one-half are undiagnosed.

According to our analysis of 2016 Medicare data, approximately 70% of U.S. oxygen users require ambulatory oxygen and the
remaining 30% are considered stationary, and either require oxygen twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, or 24/7, but are not
ambulatory, or do not require oxygen 24/7 and only need nocturnal oxygen. Clinical data has shown that ambulatory patients that use
oxygen 24/7 regardless of whether such patients rely on portable oxygen concentrators or the delivery model, have approximately two
times the survival rate and spend at least 60% fewer days annually in the hospital than non-ambulatory 24/7 patients. The cost of one
year of oxygen therapy is less than the cost of one day in the hospital. Of the ambulatory patients, we estimate based on 2016
Medicare data that greater than 85% rely upon the delivery model, which has the following disadvantages:

(cid:129)

limited flexibility outside the home, dictated by the finite oxygen supply provided by tanks and cylinders and dependence
on delivery schedules;

restricted mobility and inconvenience within the home, as patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to a noisy
stationary concentrator to move within their homes;

products are not cleared for use on commercial aircraft and cannot plug into a vehicle outlet for extended use; and

high costs driven by the infrastructure necessary to establish a geographically diverse distribution network to serve
patients locally, as well as personnel, fuel and other costs, which have limited economies of scale and generally increase
over time.

Portable oxygen concentrators were developed in response to many of the limitations associated with traditional oxygen therapy.

Portable oxygen concentrators are designed to offer a self-replenishing, unlimited supply of oxygen that is concentrated from the
surrounding air and to operate without the need for oxygen tanks or regular oxygen deliveries, enhancing patient freedom and
independence. Additionally, because portable oxygen concentrators do not require the physical infrastructure and service intensity of
the delivery model, we believe portable oxygen concentrators can provide long-term oxygen therapy with a lower cost structure.
Despite the ability of portable oxygen concentrators to address many of the shortcomings of traditional oxygen therapy, we estimate
based on 2016 Medicare data that the total number of patients on portable oxygen concentrators represents approximately 9.1% of the
total addressable oxygen market in the United States, although the Medicare data does not account for private insurance and cash-pay
patients in the market. We believe the following have hindered the market acceptance of portable oxygen concentrators:

(cid:129)

to obtain portable oxygen concentrators, patients are dependent on home medical equipment providers, which have made
significant investments in the physical distribution infrastructure to support the delivery model and which we believe are
therefore disincentivized to encourage adoption of portable oxygen concentrators;

lack of patient and physician awareness of the existence and benefits of portable oxygen concentrators as an oxygen
solution instead of the traditional delivery model;

(cid:129)

constrained manufacturing costs of conventional portable oxygen concentrators, driven by home medical equipment
provider preference for products that have lower upfront equipment cost; and

limitations of conventional portable oxygen concentrators, including bulkiness, poor reliability and lack of suitability
beyond intermittent or travel use.

Our solution

Our Inogen One systems provide patients who require long-term oxygen therapy with a reliable, lightweight single solution

product that we believe improves quality-of-life, fosters mobility and eliminates dependence on both oxygen tanks and cylinders as
well as stationary concentrators. We believe our direct-to-consumer strategy increases our ability to effectively develop, design and
market our Inogen One solutions, as it allows us to:

(cid:129)

drive patient awareness of our portable oxygen concentrators through direct marketing, thereby fueling our direct-to-
consumer sales channel and creating pull through for our business-to-business channel. Other manufacturers solely rely
upon selling to homecare businesses, many of whom are incentivized to continue to service oxygen patients through the
delivery model;

capture the manufacturer and home medical equipment provider margins on a portion of our revenue, allowing us to focus
on the total cost of the solution and to invest in the development of product features instead of being constrained by the
price required to attract representation from a distribution channel. For example, we have invested in features that improve
patient satisfaction, product durability, reliability and longevity, which increase the cost of our hardware, but reduce the
total cost of our solution by reducing our maintenance and repair cost; and

access and utilize direct patient feedback in our research and development efforts, allowing us to innovate based on this
feedback and stay at the forefront of patient preference. For example, certain of the specifications of the Inogen One G4
and its accessories were created based on direct patient feedback.

We believe the combination of our direct-to-consumer strategy with our singular focus on designing and developing oxygen
concentrator technology has created the best-in-class portfolio of portable oxygen concentrators. Our three current portable product
offerings, the Inogen One G4, Inogen One G3 and Inogen One G2, at approximately 2.8, 4.8 and 7.0 pounds with a single battery,
respectively, are among the lightest portable oxygen concentrators on the market and offer among the highest oxygen flow capacity
per pound. We believe our Inogen One solutions offer the following benefits:

(cid:129)

Single solution for home, ambulatory, travel (including on commercial aircraft) and nocturnal treatment. We believe our
Inogen One solutions are the only portable oxygen concentrators marketed as a single solution, by which we mean a
patient can use our Inogen One systems as their only supplemental oxygen source with no need to also use a stationary
concentrator regularly. Our compressors are specifically designed to enable our patients to run our portable oxygen
concentrators 24/7, whether powered by battery or plugged into an outlet at home or in a car while the battery is
recharging.

Reliability. We have prioritized product performance and reliability in each of our design projects and continuous
improvement efforts. For example, beginning with the Inogen One G2, we have designed and manufactured our own
compressors to ensure long life and high reliability. We have also continually improved compressor component designs
and manufacturing processes throughout the product life cycle to capitalize on our integrated design and manufacturing
team approach. Reliability is not only critical to patient satisfaction, but also to our cost management initiative, as our
minimal physical infrastructure makes product exchanges more costly to us than providers with greater local physical
infrastructure.

Effective for nocturnal use. Our Intelligent Delivery Technology enables our portable oxygen concentrators to provide
consistent levels of oxygen during sleep despite decreased respiratory rates. As a result, patients can rely on our Inogen
One portable oxygen concentrators overnight while sleeping.

Unparalleled flow capacity. Our 2.8 pound Inogen One G4 has higher flow capacity than other sub-3 pound portable
oxygen concentrators, our Inogen One G3 has higher flow capacity than other sub-5 pound portable oxygen concentrators,
and our 7.0 pound Inogen One G2 has higher flow capacity than other sub-10 pound portable oxygen concentrators.

User friendly features. Our systems are designed with multiple user-friendly features, including long battery life and low
noise levels in their respective weight categories.

Our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home system

We market our current portable product offerings, the Inogen One G4, the Inogen One G3 and the Inogen One G2, as single

solutions for oxygen therapy. This means our solutions can operate on a 24/7 basis for at least 60 months without a stationary
concentrator. We believe the technology in our Inogen One systems is effective for nocturnal use. Our Inogen One G4, Inogen One G3
and Inogen One G2 are sub-3, sub-5 and sub-10 pound portable oxygen concentrators, respectively, that can operate reliably and cost-
effectively over the long period of time needed to service oxygen therapy patients without supplemental use of a stationary
concentrator or a replacement portable oxygen concentrator. The following table summarizes our key product features:

Capacity (ml/min)
Weight (lbs)

Inogen One G4
630
2.8 (single battery)
3.3 (double battery)

Key Product Specifications
Inogen One G3
1,050
4.8 (single battery)
5.8 (double battery)

Inogen One G2
1,260
7.0 (single battery)
8.4 (double battery)

Battery run-time

Up to 2.6 hours (single battery)

Up to 4.7 hours (single battery) Up to 5.0 hours (single battery)

Up to 5 hours (double battery)

Up to 10 hours (double battery)

Up to 10.0 hours (double
battery)

Technology effective for

overnight use

Sound

Yes
40 dBA

Yes
39 dBA

Yes
≤ 38 dBA

We have focused our research and development efforts on creating solutions that we believe have overcome the reputation of

portable oxygen concentrators as being limited in durability and reliability as well as unsuitable for nighttime or 24/7 use. We
specifically designed our compressors for 24/7 use.

All of our Inogen One systems are equipped with Intelligent Delivery Technology, a form of pulse-dose technology from which
the patient receives a bolus of oxygen upon inhalation. Pulse-dose technology was developed to extend the number of hours an oxygen
tank would last and is generally used on all ambulatory oxygen therapy devices. Our proprietary conserver technology utilizes
differentiated triggering sensitivity to quickly detect a breath and ensure oxygen delivery within the first 400 milliseconds of
inspiration, the interval when oxygen has the most effect on lung gas exchange. During periods of sleep, respiratory rates typically
decrease. Our Inogen One systems actively respond to this changing physiology through the use of proprietary technology that
increases bolus size. Our Intelligent Delivery Technology is designed to provide effective levels of blood oxygen saturation during
sleep and all other periods of rest and activity that are substantially equivalent to continuous flow systems.

The Inogen One G4, our latest portable oxygen concentrator released to market in May 2016, is among the lightest products on

the market and has higher oxygen production capabilities than the other sub-3 pound portable oxygen concentrators on the market. We
believe the performance parameters around the Inogen One G4, Inogen One G3 and Inogen One G2 allow us to serve approximately
95% of the ambulatory oxygen patients and enable us to address a patient’s particular clinical needs, as well as lifestyle and
performance preferences.

The Inogen At Home stationary oxygen concentrator allows us to access the non-ambulatory oxygen patient market and serves

as a backup to our Inogen One system for ambulatory patients on our rental service. At approximately 18 pounds, we believe the
Inogen At Home concentrator is the lightest five liter per minute continuous flow oxygen concentrator on the market today.
Additionally, the Inogen At Home product has low power consumption with worldwide electrical compatibility, which should reduce
the cost of electricity for oxygen therapy patients, as well as reduce manufacturing and distribution complexities. While the Inogen
One product line is clinically validated for 24/7 use, the Inogen At Home represents a compelling solution for stationary oxygen
therapy patients that do not require a portable solution, which are estimated to represent approximately 30% of total oxygen patients in
the United States.

Our direct-to-consumer business model has enabled us to receive direct patient feedback, and we have used this feedback to
create portable oxygen concentrators that address the full suite of features and benefits critical to patient preference and retention. Our
products prevent patients from having to choose between lightweight size, suitability for 24/7 use, reliability, and key features such as
battery life, flow and reduced noise levels.

Domestic sales and marketing

In the United States, we market and distribute our products directly to consumers, through a wide variety of direct-to-consumer

sales and marketing strategies including consumer advertising, an inside-sales staff, and a physician referral model. Of the $193.9
million of our 2017 revenue derived from the United States, approximately 44.7% represented cash-pay sales to consumers, 43.0%

represented sales to traditional home medical equipment providers, distributors (including our private label partner) and resellers, and
12.3% represented direct-to-consumer rentals.

Our direct-to-consumer sales and marketing efforts are focused on generating awareness and demand for our Inogen One

systems and Inogen At Home systems among patients, physicians and other clinicians, and third-party payors. As of December 31,
2017, we employed a marketing team of 8 people, an in-house sales team of 283 people (including 263 inside sales representatives),
and a field-based sales team of 19 people (including 17 physician sales representatives).

Patients who choose to use their Medicare or private insurance benefits typically rent our systems. Those who purchase our

product outright are typically patients who are not eligible to use their insurance benefits due to their capped rental status, prefer to
own the equipment, or have an immediate need for our product that cannot be processed in time by their primary insurance carrier
(e.g., an upcoming trip). Our ability to rent to Medicare patients directly, bill Medicare and other third-party payors on their behalf,
and service patients in their homes requires that we hold a valid Medicare supplier number, are accredited by an independent agency
approved by Medicare, and comply with the differing licensure and process requirements in the 49 states in which we serve patients.

We use a variety of direct-to-consumer marketing strategies to generate interest in our solutions among current oxygen therapy

patients. After a patient contacts us, we guide them through product selection and insurance eligibility, and, if they choose to move
forward, process the necessary reimbursement and physician paperwork on their behalf, as well as coordinate the shipping, instruction,
and clinical setup process. In accordance with Medicare regulations, we do not initially contact patients directly and contact them only
upon an inbound inquiry or upon receipt of a physician’s order. The chart below describes our United States direct-to-consumer sales
and rental process.

We engage in a number of other initiatives to increase awareness, demand, and orders for Inogen One systems and Inogen At

Home systems. These include attendance at oxygen therapy support groups, guest speaking arrangements at trade shows, and product
demonstrations, as requested. Additionally, we are targeting private payors to become an in-network provider of oxygen therapy
solutions, which we expect will reduce patient co-insurance amounts associated with using our solution. We believe this will result in
both increased conversion of our initial leads, as well as direct referrals from insurance companies in some cases.

To supplement the direct-to-consumer marketing model, we are also utilizing a physician referral model as a complementary
sales method. Under this model, our field sales representatives work with physicians in the representative’s territory to help physicians
understand our products and the value these products provide for patients. We believe that by educating physicians on our products,
we can cost-effectively supplement our direct-to-consumer sales and rentals and capture a greater number of patients earlier in the
course of their oxygen therapy.

Our direct-to-consumer marketing strategies also create demand for our products among other homecare equipment providers

and business partners. In addition to generating consumer demand, we believe our products can create value for our business partners
by either creating a retail sale opportunity for them or by reducing the need for costly home deliveries associated with oxygen tanks.

We sell to resellers and traditional homecare providers in the United States, Canada, Europe, the Asia-Pacific region, Latin
America, the Middle East and Africa that choose to deploy our products to oxygen therapy patients. These customers market the
benefits of our products to oxygen therapy patients through consumer advertising and/or retail locations or to physicians through field-
based sales representatives. We believe that in addition to the marketing efforts employed by our business customers, our own direct-
to-consumer marketing efforts in the United States result in patient interest that our business customers field.

We also sell to traditional homecare providers that offer our products to patients through insurance worldwide. Homecare
providers that employ the standard delivery model with oxygen tanks need to replace the oxygen tanks on a regular basis by picking
up the empty oxygen tanks and delivering full oxygen tanks for the patient. The delivery model has historically necessitated that a
homecare provider have a facility near the oxygen patients that it serves and that the provider has invested in personnel, trucks, etc. to
facilitate routine deliveries. The cost to deliver the oxygen tanks to patients is significant for many providers in the standard delivery
model. Homecare providers that have adopted Inogen products have been able to reduce the costly deliveries associated with oxygen
tanks since our products generate their own oxygen and don’t need to be refilled. Our business-to-business sales and marketing
strategy for these customers is to raise awareness of our solutions and educate homecare providers on how our products may be able to
reduce their total cost of ownership of servicing oxygen patients. As a homecare provider ourselves, we are able to help our business
customers adopt a non-delivery oxygen therapy model utilizing patient preferred portable oxygen concentrators. We also private label
our product with a business partner that sells to traditional homecare providers. Our private label partner employs field sales
representatives that call on homecare providers to showcase the benefits of our products.

Concentration of Customers

We primarily sell our products to traditional home medical equipment providers, distributors, and resellers in the United States
and in foreign countries on a credit basis. We also sell our products direct to consumers on a primarily prepayment basis. One single
customer, Applied Home Healthcare Equipment, our private label distribution partner, represented more than 10% of our total revenue
for 2017 and 2016, and no single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue for 2015. Two customers with accounts
receivable balances of $10.4 million and $6.5 million, respectively, each represented more than 10% of our net accounts receivable
balance as of December 31, 2017, and one single customer with an accounts receivable balance of $9.8 million, represented more than
10% of our net accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2016.

We also rent products directly to consumers for insurance reimbursement, which resulted in a customer concentration relating to
Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. Medicare’s service reimbursement programs accounted for 73.0%, 72.6% and 73.7% of
rental revenue in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and based on total revenue was 7.0%, 12.4% and 21.0% for 2017, 2016 and
2015, respectively. Net accounts receivable balances relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs (including held and
unbilled receivables, net of allowances) amounted to $1.5 million or 4.8% of total net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2017
and $7.2 million or 23.4% of total net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2016.

International

Approximately 22.3% of our total revenue was from outside the United States in 2017. We sell through distributors, resellers,

and home medical equipment providers in certain markets within Canada, Europe, the Asia-Pacific region, Latin America, the Middle
East, and Africa. We sell our products in 45 countries outside the United States through distributors or directly to large “house”
accounts, which include gas companies and home oxygen providers. In this case, we sell to and bill the distributor or house accounts
directly, leaving the patient billing, support, and clinical setup to the local provider. As of December 31, 2017, we had 13 people
located in the United States who focused on selling our products and providing service and support to distributors and house accounts
worldwide and 11 employees located in Europe who provided sales, customer service, and repair services to a portion of our
international customers. No single international customer and no single foreign country represented more than 10% of our total
revenue in 2017, 2016 or 2015.

International sales revenue grew to $55.5 million in 2017 from $50.1 million in 2016. We estimate there are approximately more
than 2 million long-term oxygen therapy patients outside of the United States. We believe that the international market is attractive for
the following reasons:

(cid:129)

more favorable reimbursement in certain countries, including France and the United Kingdom, where portable oxygen
concentrators receive more favorable reimbursement than in the United States.

(cid:129)

less developed oxygen delivery infrastructure in some countries. We believe that some countries outside the United States
have less developed oxygen delivery infrastructure than in the United States. As a result, portable oxygen concentrators
enable providers to reach and service patients they cannot economically reach with the delivery model.

an absence of reimbursement for any ambulatory oxygen therapy modalities in some countries, resulting in patients
bearing all of the cost of ambulatory oxygen therapy and therefore becoming more involved in the selection of the
modality. In Australia, for example, patients shoulder the burden of all costs associated with ambulatory oxygen therapy.
In these cases, they tend to choose products like portable oxygen concentrators that provide a higher level of personal
freedom.

We will continue to focus on building out our international sales efforts. In 2017, we added a European customer support site in

the Netherlands after acquiring a previous distributor, MedSupport, now operating under Inogen Europe B.V. The new site offers
multi-lingual customer service, repair services, and basic distribution, to improve our European customer support at lower cost. Also
in support of our European operations, we began production of our Inogen One G3 concentrator in the fourth quarter of 2017 using a
contract manufacturer, Foxconn, located in the Czech Republic to improve our ability to service our European customers.

Customer support and order fulfillment

Our procedures enable us to package and ship a system directly to the patient in the patient’s preferred configuration the same

day the order is received in most cases. This enables us to minimize the amount of finished goods inventory we keep on hand. Our
primary logistics partner is United Parcel Service, or UPS. UPS supports our domestic shipments and provides additional services that
support our direct-to-consumer oxygen therapy program. The UPS pick up service is used to retrieve products requiring repair and
systems that are no longer needed by the patient. Additionally, UPS, when necessary and requested by us, will go into a patient’s
home to remove a replacement product from the box, package the failed device and return it to us. In this manner, we are able to
operate as a remote provider while maintaining the level of customer service of a local oxygen therapy provider. FedEx primarily
supports our international shipments and limited domestic shipments.

We believe it is important to provide patients with quality customer support to achieve satisfaction with our products and
optimal outcomes. As of December 31, 2017, we had a dedicated customer service team of 33 people who were trained on our
products, a clinical support team of 25 people who were licensed nurses or respiratory therapists, and a dedicated billing services team
of 78 people. We provide our patients with a dedicated 24/7 hotline. Via the hotline, patients have direct access to our customer
service representatives, who can handle product-related questions. Additionally, clinical staff is on call 24/7 and available to patients
whenever either the patient or the customer service representative deems appropriate. Our dedicated billing services team is available
to answer patient questions regarding invoicing, reimbursement, and account status during normal business hours. We receive no
additional reimbursement for patient support, but provide high-quality customer service to enhance patient comfort, satisfaction,
compliance, and safety with our products.

Third-party reimbursement

Medicare and private insurance rentals represented approximately 9.6% of our total revenue in 2017, down significantly from

17.1% of our total revenue in 2016, primarily due to increased sales revenue with a continued focus on sales versus rentals and
declines in reimbursement rates. In cases where we rent our oxygen therapy solutions directly to patients, we bill third-party payors,
such as Medicare or private insurance, for monthly rentals on behalf of our patients. We process and coordinate all physician
paperwork necessary for reimbursement of our solutions. A common medical criterion for oxygen therapy reimbursement is
insufficient blood oxygen saturation level. Our team in sales and sales administration are trained on how to verify benefits, review
medical records and process physician paperwork. Additionally, an independent internal review is performed and our products are not
deployed until after physician paperwork is processed and reimbursement eligibility is verified and communicated to the patient.

We rely primarily on reimbursement from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), and secondarily, from

private payors, Medicaid and patients for our rental revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, approximately 73.0% of our
rental revenue was derived from Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. The U.S. list price for our stationary oxygen rentals
(HCPCS E1390) is $260 per month and the U.S. list price for our oxygen generating portable equipment (OGPE) rentals (HCPCS
E1392) is $70 per month. Effective January 1, 2016, the current standard Medicare allowable varies by state instead of the one
national standard allowable as in previous years. The national standard allowable in 2015 for stationary oxygen rentals (E1390) was
$180.92 per month and for OGPE rentals (E1392) was $51.63 per month. Effective January 1, 2016, the Medicare allowable for
stationary oxygen rentals (E1390) ranges from $135.14 to $145.61 per month and the OGPE rentals (E1392) ranges from $46.69 to
$49.52 per month. Effective January 1, 2017, the Medicare allowable for stationary oxygen rentals (E1390) ranges from $66.53 to
$77.16 per month and the OGPE rentals (E1392) ranges from $36.14 to $41.91 per month. These are the two primary codes that we
bill to Medicare and other payors for our oxygen product rentals.

As of January 1, 2011, Medicare phased in the competitive bidding program. The competitive bidding program impacts the
amount Medicare reimburses suppliers of durable medical equipment rentals, including portable oxygen concentrators. The program is
defined geographically, with suppliers submitting bids to provide medical equipment for specific product categories within a specified
geographic region called competitive bidding areas, or CBAs. Once bids have been placed, an individual company’s bids within a
product category are aggregated and weighted by each product’s market share in the category. The weighted-average price is then
indexed against all bidding suppliers. Medicare determines a “clearing price” out of these weighted-average prices, at which a
sufficient number of suppliers have indicated they will support patients in the category. This threshold is typically designed to
generate theoretical supply that is twice the expected demand. Bids for each modality among the suppliers that made the cut are then
arrayed to determine what Medicare will reimburse for each product category and geographic area. The program has strict anti-
collusion guidelines to ensure bidding is truly competitive. A competitive bidding contract lasts up to three years once implemented,
after which the contract is subject to a new round of bidding. Discounts off the standard Medicare allowable occur in CBAs where
contracts have been awarded as well as in cases where private payors pay less than this allowable. Competitive bidding rates are based
on the zip code where the patient resides. Rental revenue includes payments for product, disposables, and customer service/support.

In the CBAs covered under round two re-compete of the competitive bidding program, which began July 1, 2016, the Medicare

allowable for stationary oxygen rentals (E1390) ranges from $70.00 to $89.86 per month (average of $76.84 per month) and the
OGPE rentals (E1392) ranges from $33.97 to $42.00 per month (average of $37.90 per month). In the CBAs covered under round one
2017 of the competitive bidding program, which began January 1, 2017, the Medicare allowable for stationary oxygen rentals (E1390)
ranges from $70.04 to $90.01 per month (average of $77.97 per month) and the OGPE rentals (E1392) ranges from $35.11 to $37.15
per month (average of $36.06 per month).

As of January 1, 2016, all areas previously not subject to competitive bidding program (non-competitive bidding areas or “non-
CBAs”) have experienced reductions in the Medicare fee schedule for durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics and supplies
(DMEPOS). The fee schedules in the non-CBAs were adjusted based on regional averages of the single payment amounts that apply
to the competitive bidding program (Adjusted Fee Schedule). The regional prices are limited by a national ceiling (110% of the
average of the regional prices) and a national floor (90% of the average regional prices). From January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2016, the
reimbursement rates for these non-CBAs (with dates of service from January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2016) were 50% of the un-adjusted
fee schedule amount plus 50% of the Adjusted Fee Schedule amount. As of July 1, 2016, Medicare reimbursed DMEPOS at 100% of
the Adjusted Fee Schedule amount. However, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act (“Cures Act”) was passed, which
included a provision to roll-back the second cut to the non-CBA areas that was effective July 1, 2016 through December 31,
2016. Pricing in these areas was increased to the rates experienced in the period from January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2016. This led
to a benefit in rental revenue of $2.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 and $0.2 million in the first quarter of 2017. Effective
January 1, 2017, rates are set at 100% of the Adjusted Fee Schedule amount, based on the regional competitive bidding rates. The
Cures Act also calls for a study of the impact of the competitive bidding pricing on rural areas and accelerated the implementation of
the Omnibus bill passed in December 2015 that will require state Medicaid agencies to match Medicare fee schedule reimbursement
rates (including single payment amounts in applicable areas) to be effective beginning January 1, 2018, including for oxygen.

The competitive bidding regions are defined as follows:

States Covered

Region Name
Far West ......................................................................................... CA, NV, OR, WA
Great Lakes ....................................................................................
Mideast ........................................................................................... DC, DE, MD, NJ, NY, PA
New England .................................................................................. CT, MA, NH, RI
Plains ..............................................................................................
Rocky Mountain ............................................................................. CO, ID, UT
Southeast ........................................................................................ AL, AR, FL, GA, KY, LA, NC, SC, TN, VA
Southwest ....................................................................................... AZ, NM, OK, TX

IA, KS, MN, MO, NE

IL, IN, MI, OH, WI

In addition to regional pricing, CMS imposed different pricing on “frontier states” and rural areas. CMS defines frontier states

as states where more than 50% of the counties in the state have a population density of 6 people or less per square mile and rural states
are defined as states where more than 50% of the population lives in rural areas per census data. Current frontier states include MT,
ND, SD and WY; rural states include ME, MS, VT and WV; and non-contiguous United States areas include AK, HI, Guam and
Puerto Rico. For frontier and rural states, and frontier and rural zip codes in non-frontier/rural states, the single payment amount will
be the national ceiling (110% of the average of the regional prices) to account for higher servicing costs in these areas. For non-
contiguous United States areas, single payment amounts will be the higher of the national ceiling, or the average of competitive
bidding pricing from these areas, if the areas had been bid through competitive bidding. We estimate that less than 10% of our patients
would be eligible to receive the 110% of the regional prices for rural and frontier areas based on the geographic locations of our
current patient population.

CMS has also re-bid for competitive bidding round two re-compete, which is associated with approximately 50% of the

Medicare market, with contracts which began on July 1, 2016 and will continue through December 31, 2018. CMS updated the
product categories and the competitive bidding areas in the round two re-compete contracts. Respiratory equipment now includes
oxygen, oxygen equipment, continuous positive airway pressure devices, respiratory assist devices and related supplies and
accessories. Nebulizers are now their own separate product category instead of being included in the respiratory equipment category.
Round two re-compete is in the same geographic areas that were included in the original round two. However, as a result of the Office
of Management and Budget’s updates to the original 91 round two metropolitan statistical areas, there are now 90 metropolitan
statistical areas for round two re-compete and 117 competitive bidding areas (CBAs). Any CBA that was previously located in multi-
state metropolitan statistical areas was redefined so that no CBA is included in more than one state. The round two re-compete
competitive bidding areas have nearly the same zip codes as the round two competitive bidding areas; the associated changes in the
zip codes since competitive bidding was implemented are reflective in this round two re-compete.

CMS has also re-bid for the round one 2017 contracts effective January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2018. In round one 2017,

there are 9 metropolitan statistical areas and 13 CBAs to ensure there are no multi-state CBAs. We estimate approximately 9% of the
Medicare market was impacted by the round one 2017 contracts.

The following table sets forth the current Medicare standard allowable reimbursement rates and the average of reimbursement

rates applicable in Metropolitan Statistical Areas covered by rounds one and two of competitive bidding.

Round one Round two Round one

E1390 (stationary oxygen rentals) .............................. $
E1392 (portable oxygen rentals).................................
Total............................................................................ $

Round two re-compete
average
1/1/14-
12/31/16
$

average
7/1/13-
6/30/16

93.07
42.72
135.79 $

95.74 $
38.08
133.82 $

re-compete

average
7/1/16-
12/31/18

2017
average
1/1/17-
12/31/18

76.84 $
37.90
114.74 $

77.97
36.06
114.03

In addition to reducing the Medicare reimbursement rates in the Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs), the competitive bidding
program has effectively reduced the number of oxygen suppliers that can participate in the Medicare program. Based on industry data
analyzing the number of unique supplier companies by state from July 2013 to April 2017, there has been a 41% decrease in the
numbers of DMEPOS suppliers who have an active NPI number. We believe that approximately 59% of the Medicare market was
covered by round one and round two of competitive bidding.

Cumulatively in round one, round two, round one re-compete, round two re-compete and round one 2017, we were offered

contracts for a substantial majority of the CBAs and product categories for which we submitted bids. However, there is no guarantee
that we will garner additional market share as a result of these contracts. The contracts include products that may require us to
subcontract certain services or products to third parties, which must be approved by CMS. We currently operate in 49 of the 50 states
in the U.S. We do not operate in Hawaii due to the licensure requirements.

Moreover, we cannot guarantee that we will be offered contracts in subsequent rounds of competitive bidding. In all five rounds

of competitive bidding in which we have participated, we have gained access to certain CBAs and been excluded from other CBAs.

Following round one of competitive bidding, we were excluded from providing services to Medicare beneficiaries in the Kansas

City-MO-KS, Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano Beach-FL, and Orlando-Kissimmee-FL CBAs. We had access to six CBAs of the
nine regions subject to competitive bidding round one for the respiratory product category.

After round one re-compete of competitive bidding, we were excluded from providing services to Medicare beneficiaries in the

following CBAs: Cleveland-Elyria-Mentor-OH, Cincinnati-Middleton-OH-KY-IN, Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano Beach-FL,
Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford-FL, Pittsburg-PA, and Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario-CA. We gained access to the Kansas City-MO
-KS CBA. We had access to three CBAs of the nine regions subject to competitive bidding round one re-compete for the respiratory
product category.

After round one 2017 of competitive bidding, we have been excluded from the Chester-Lancaster and York Counties-SC CBA,

which we previously won under round one re-compete. We also have been excluded from the Miami-Fort Lauderdale-West Palm
Beach-FL and Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford-FL CBAs. We have access to 10 of the 13 CBAs in which we bid for the respiratory
product category: Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia-NC, Cincinnati-OH, Cleveland-Elyria-OH, Covington-Florence-Newport-KY, Dallas-
Fort Worth-Arlington-TX, Dearborn-Franklin-Ohio, and Union Counties-IN, Kansas City-MO, Kansas City-Overland Park-Ottawa-
KS, Pittsburgh-PA, and Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario-CA. We have access to ten CBAs of the thirteen regions subject to
competitive bidding round one 2017 for the respiratory product category.

After round two of competitive bidding, we were excluded from 12 CBAs: Akron-OH, Cape Coral-Fort Myers-FL, Deltona-

Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach-FL, Honolulu-HI, Jacksonville-FL, Lakeland-Winter Haven-FL, Memphis-TN-MS-AR, North Port-
Bradenton-Sarasota-FL, Ocala-FL, Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville-FL, Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater-FL, and Toledo-OH. We
had access to 88 CBAs of the 100 regions subject to competitive bidding round two for the respiratory product category.

After round two re-compete of competitive bidding, we were excluded from the following CBAs that we had previously won

under round two: Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton-PA, Asheville-NC, Augusta-Richmond County-GA, Camden-NJ, Catoosa-Dade-
Walker Counties-GA, Elizabeth-Lakewood-New Brunswick-NJ, Flint-MI, Greensboro-High Point-NC, Greenville-Anderson-
Mauldin-SC, Jersey City-Newark-NJ, Las Vegas-Henderson-Paradise-NV, Little Rock-North Little Rock-Conway-AR, Louisville-
Jefferson County-KY, Mercer County-PA, Poughkeepsie-Newburgh-Middletown-NY, Raleigh-NC, Scranton-Wilkes-Barre-Hazelton-
PA, Stockton-Lodi-CA, Syracuse-NY, Wilmington-DE, and Youngstown-Warren-Boardman-OH. We were also excluded from the
following CBAs in both round two and round two re-compete: Akron-OH and Toledo-OH. We gained access to certain Medicare
markets in Cape-Coral-Fort Myers-FL, Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach-FL, Jacksonville-FL, Lakeland-Winter Haven-FL,
North Port-Sarasota-Bradenton-FL, Ocala-FL, Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville-FL, and Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater-FL. We
have access to 93 CBAs of the 117 regions subject to competitive bidding round two re-compete for the respiratory product category.

Effective January 1, 2017, we believe we have access to over 85% of the Medicare oxygen therapy market based on our analysis

of the 103 CBAs that we have won out of the 130 total CBAs. These 130 CBAs represent approximately 59% of the market with the
remaining approximately 41% of the market not subject to competitive bidding. The loss of access to the CBAs where we were not
awarded contracts is not expected to lead to a material adverse impact on our rental business. Medicare revenue, including patient co-
insurance and deductible obligations, represented 7.0% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2017. We expect the
decline in total revenue resulting from the loss of competitive bidding contracts in the areas that we were excluded from to be partially
offset by the “grandfathering” of existing Medicare patients (discussed below), rentals to patients with third-party insurance coverage,
or Medicare patients paying out-of-pocket to purchase our products. Our revenue from Medicare in the 27 CBAs where we were not
offered contracts as of January 1, 2017 was approximately $0.8 million and $1.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2017 and
2016, respectively.

Under the competitive bidding program, DME suppliers that are not awarded a competitive bid contract in a CBA and product

category which the DME supplier had previously been awarded a competitive bid contract may “grandfather” existing patients on
service beginning on the effective date of the competitive bidding round. This means DME suppliers may retain all existing patients
and continue to receive reimbursement for them, so long as the new reimbursement rate is accepted by the DME supplier and the
beneficiary chooses to continue to receive equipment from the supplier. For example, a supplier that received a round two contract but
not a round two re-compete contract may elect to “grandfather’ the patients that it serviced through the round two contract period.
Suppliers must either keep or release all patients under this “grandfathering” arrangement in each CBA; a supplier may not select
specific individuals to retain or release. Suppliers can continue to sell equipment in CBAs where they were not awarded contracts to
patients paying out-of-pocket or with third-party insurance coverage.

We have elected to “grandfather” and retain all patients in CBAs in which we were not awarded contracts. In addition, we
continue to accept patients in CBAs where we did not receive contracts through private insurance. We also pursue retail sales of our
equipment to patients in those areas.

Medicare reimbursement for oxygen rental equipment is limited to a maximum of 36 months within a 60-month service period,
and the equipment remains the property of the home oxygen supplier. The supplier that billed Medicare for the 36th month of service
continues to be responsible for the patient’s oxygen therapy needs for months 37 through 60, and there is generally no additional
reimbursement for oxygen generating portable equipment for these later months. CMS does not separately reimburse suppliers for

oxygen tubing, cannulas and supplies that may be required for the patient. The supplier is required to keep the equipment provided in
working order and in some cases, CMS will reimburse for repair costs. At the end of the five-year useful life of the equipment, the
patient may request replacement equipment and, if he or she can be re-qualified for the Medicare benefit, a new maximum 36-month
payment cycle out of the next 60 months of service would begin. The supplier may not arbitrarily issue new equipment. We have
analyzed the potential impact to revenue associated with patients in the capped rental period and have deferred $0 associated with the
capped rental period as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Our obligations to service Medicare patients over the contract rental period include supplying working equipment that meets

each patient’s oxygen needs pursuant to his/her doctor’s prescription and certificate of medical necessity form and supplying all
disposables required for the patient to operate the equipment, including cannulas, filters, replacement batteries, carts and carry bags, as
needed. If the equipment malfunctions, we must repair or replace the equipment. We determine what equipment the patient receives,
as long as that equipment meets the physician’s prescription, and we can deploy used assets in working order as long as the
prescription requirements are met. We must also procure a recertification of the certificate of medical necessity from the patient’s
doctor to confirm the patient’s need for oxygen therapy one year after the patient first receives oxygen therapy and one year after each
new 36-month reimbursement period begins. The patient can choose to receive oxygen supplies and services from another supplier at
any time, but the supplier may only transition the patient to another supplier in certain circumstances.

In addition to the adoption of the competitive bidding program, from 2010 through 2015, Medicare reimbursement rates for

oxygen rental services in non-CBAs were eligible to receive mandatory annual updates based upon the Consumer Price Index for all
Urban Consumers, or CPI-U. For 2014, the CPI-U was +1.8%, but the multi-factor productivity adjustment (Adjustment) was -0.8%,
so the net result was a 1.0% increase in fee schedule payments in 2014 for items and services provided in areas not subject to
competitive bidding. However, by law, the stationary oxygen equipment codes payment amounts must be adjusted on an annual basis,
as necessary, to ensure budget neutrality of the new payment class for oxygen generating portable equipment (OGPE). Thus, the
increase in allowable payment amounts for stationary oxygen equipment codes increased 0.5% from 2013 to 2014. For 2015, the CPI-
U was +2.1%, but the Adjustment was -0.6%, so the net result was a 1.5% increase in fee schedule payments in 2015 for stationary
oxygen equipment for items and services not included in an area subject to competitive bidding. Beginning in 2016, the standard
allowable for all areas was set based on regional averages of the competitive bidding prices as described previously and no fees were
based on non-competitive bidding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate future adjustments to the reimbursable fees based upon changes
in CPI-U. However, as of January 1, 2017 and January 1, 2018 the Medicare reimbursement rates in the non-CBAs were adjusted to
ensure budget neutrality based on the increased usage of the OGPE class that led to lower rates in these areas.

On November 4, 2016, CMS published a final rule in the Federal Register imposing additional regulations on the competitive
bidding process. The final rule requires bidders choosing to participate in the competitive bidding program to obtain a $0.05 million
surety bond for each CBA in which they bid. If a bidder does not accept a contract offer when its composite bid is at or below the
median composite bid rate for suppliers used in the calculation of the single payment amount, the bid surety bond for the applicable
CBA will be forfeited to CMS. In instances where the bidder does not meet the forfeiture conditions specified in the final rule, the bid
surety bond liability will be returned to the bidder within 90 days of the public announcement of the contract suppliers for the CBA.
Currently, there are 130 CBAs, which would mean a bidding supplier could incur a surety bond obligation with forfeiture conditions
of up to $6.5 million. The final rule also changes the bid limits for individual items for future rounds of competitive bidding to reflect
the 2015 unadjusted fee schedule to avoid a downward trend in bid pricing, to ensure the long-term viability of the competitive
bidding program, and to allow suppliers to take into account both decreases and increases in costs in determining their bids. The rule
also finalizes an appeals process for all breach of contract actions that CMS may take under the competitive bidding program. Lastly,
the final rule sets forth a provision for lead item bidding for certain product categories in future bidding rounds to prevent the creation
of price inversions, which occurred in round two of competitive bidding. Lead item bidding means that all HCPCS codes for similar
items will be grouped together and priced relative to the bid for the “lead item,” as calculated by CMS.

On November 2, 2017, a bi-partisan bill with 122 co-sponsors was introduced in the House of Representatives that would

provide relief from competitive bidding in non-bid areas. If passed, the bill would extend a retroactive delay of a second round of
reimbursement cuts for Medicare beneficiaries from January 1, 2017 to January 1, 2019 based on the reimbursement rates effective on
January 1, 2016. The legislation also proposes to remedy a double-dip cut to oxygen payments caused by the misapplication of a 2006
budget neutrality offset balancing increased utilization for oxygen generating portable equipment with lower reimbursement for
stationary equipment.

On February 12, 2018, the current presidential administration sent Congress a 2019 budget proposal that included language on

competitive bidding. Specifically, the proposal eliminates the requirement under the competitive bidding program that CMS pay a
single payment amount based on the median bid price, instead paying winning suppliers at their own bid amounts. Additionally, this
proposal expands competitive bidding to all areas of the country, including rural areas, which will be based on competition in those
areas rather than on competition in urban areas. This specific proposal is estimated to save the government $6.5 billion over 10
years. In addition to changes to competitive bidding, the 2019 budget proposal would enable CMS not to impose the face-to-face

requirement on all providers for durable medical equipment. Furthermore, the proposal seeks to address excessive billing of durable
medical equipment that requires refills or serial claims. Specifically, Medicare would gain authority to test whether using a benefits
manager for serial durable medical equipment claims result in lower improper payments and reductions in inappropriate utilization.
The benefits manager would be responsible for ensuring beneficiaries were receiving the correct quantity of supplies or service for the
appropriate time period. Lastly, the proposal would expand prior authorization to additional items and services that are both high-cost
and at high-risk for improper payments.

As of December 31, 2017, we had 93 contracts with Medicaid and private payors. These contracts qualify us as an in-network

provider for these payors. As a result, patients can rent or purchase our systems at the same patient obligation as other in-network
oxygen suppliers. Based on our patient population, we believe at least 30% of all oxygen therapy patients are covered by private
payors. Private payors typically provide reimbursement at a rate between 60% and 100% of Medicare allowables for in-network plans,
and although private payor plans can have 36-month capped rental periods similar to Medicare, they typically do not. We anticipate
that private payor reimbursement levels will generally be reset in accordance with Medicare payment amounts established through
competitive bidding.

We cannot predict the full extent to which reimbursement for our products will be affected by competitive bidding, the 2017

federal budget or future federal budgets, or by initiatives to reduce costs for private payors. We believe that we are well positioned to
respond to the changing reimbursement environment because our product offerings are innovative, patient-focused and cost-effective.
We have historically been able to reduce our costs through scalable manufacturing, better sourcing, continuous innovation, and
reliability improvements, as well as innovations that reduce our product service costs by minimizing exchanges, such as user
replaceable batteries. As a result of design changes, supplier negotiations, bringing manufacturing and assembly largely in-house and
our commitment to driving efficient manufacturing processes, we have reduced our overall system cost 58% from 2009 to 2017. We
intend to continue to seek ways to reduce our cost of revenue through manufacturing and design improvements.

For additional discussion of the impact of the recent competitive bidding proposals, see “Risk Factors” herein.

Manufacturing and raw materials

We have been developing and refining the manufacturing of our Inogen One systems since 2004. While nearly all of our
manufacturing and assembly processes were originally outsourced, assembly of the compressor, sieve bed, concentrator and certain
manifolds is now conducted in-house in order to improve quality control and reduce cost. Additionally, we use lean manufacturing
practices to maximize manufacturing efficiency. We rely on third-party manufacturers to supply several components of our Inogen
One and Inogen At Home systems. We typically enter into supply agreements for these components that specify quantity and quality
requirements and delivery terms. In certain cases, these agreements can be terminated by either party upon relatively short notice but
in other instances we are obligated to purchase minimum quantities. We have elected to source certain key components from single
sources of supply, including our batteries, motors, valves, and some molded plastic components. We believe that maintaining a single
source of supply allows us to control production costs and inventory levels and to manage component quality. In order to mitigate
against the risks related to a single source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers and develop contingency plans for responding to
disruptions. However, any reduction or halt in supply from one of these single-source suppliers could limit our ability to manufacture
our products or devices until a replacement supplier is found and qualified.

We currently manufacture in two leased buildings in Goleta, California and Richardson, Texas, that we have registered with the

Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and for which we have obtained International Standards Organization, or ISO, 13485
certification. We plan to continue the expansion of our facilities located in Richardson, Texas. We also began production of our
Inogen One G3 concentrators in the fourth quarter of 2017 using a contract manufacturer, Foxconn, located in the Czech Republic to
improve our ability to service our European customers. We believe we and our manufacturing partner have sufficient capacity to meet
anticipated demand.

Our entire organization is responsible for quality management. Our Quality Assurance department oversees this by tracking
component, device and organization performance and by training team members outside the Quality Assurance department to become
competent users of our Quality Management system. By measuring component performance, communicating daily with the
production group and our suppliers, and reviewing customer complaints, our Quality Assurance department, through the use of our
corrective action program, drives and documents continuous performance improvement of our suppliers and internal departments. Our
Quality Assurance department also trains internal quality auditors to audit our adherence to the Quality Management system. Our
Quality Management system has been certified to ISO 13485:2012 by BSI, a Notified Body to ISO.

Our manufacturing partner is expected to ramp capacity in 2018 to produce Inogen One G3 concentrators required to support

our European demand. We expect to maintain our assembly operations for our Inogen One concentrators and Inogen At Home
concentrators at our facility in Richardson, Texas and will continue to assemble compressors and sieve bed columns at our facility in

Goleta, California. This will allow us to expand our manufacturing capacity and redirect our U.S. manufacturing activities to focus on
growth in the U.S. and on our latest product, the Inogen One G4.

As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facilities, including those facilities outside of the United States, are
subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and certain corresponding state agencies. We have been audited five times since April 2012
by the FDA and found to be in compliance with Good Manufacturing Practices. We have completed four surveillance audits and two
recertification audits by our notified body over the same period. In addition, two transfer audits (one combined with a surveillance
audit tallied above and one standalone) and one site addition audit were also completed. In any given year, we may identify non-
conformance and objectionable conditions. As of December 31, 2017, all observations resulting in non-conformance or objectionable
conditions have been minimal and have been corrected. Our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home system have received pre-
market clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. The modifications made to our Inogen One G2, Inogen One G3, and Inogen
One G4 systems represent non-significant modifications to the original Inogen One system, have the same indications for use, and are
covered under our initial Inogen One 510(k) clearance.

As of December 31, 2017, we had 223 employees in operations, manufacturing, quality assurance and repair.

Research and development

We are committed to ongoing research and development to stay at the forefront of patient preference in the oxygen concentrator

field. As of December 31, 2017, our research and development staff included 24 engineers and scientists with expertise in air
separation, compressors, pneumatics, electronics, embedded software, mechanical design, sensor, automation, connectivity and
manufacturing automation. Our current research and development efforts are focused primarily on increasing functionality, improving
design for ease-of-use, and reducing production costs of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems, as well as developing
our next-generation oxygen concentrators. Over the last three years, Inogen has invested over $14.6 million in research and
development ($5.3, $5.1 and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively) to launch our Inogen
One G4, upgrade our Inogen One G3, and introduce our first-generation stationary oxygen concentrator to market. We have leveraged
our thirty-one issued U.S. patents and one Canadian patent while also reducing the product manufacturing costs 58% from 2009 to
2017.

Utilizing lean product development methodologies, we have released five products since 2004, including our Inogen One G1 in

October 2004, our Inogen One G2 in March 2010, our Inogen One G3 in September 2012, our Inogen At Home system in October
2014, and our Inogen One G4 in May 2016. We are currently developing our next-generation portable oxygen concentrator, the
Inogen One G5. Our dedication to continuous improvement has also resulted in five mid-cycle product updates and numerous
incremental improvements. Development projects utilize a combination of rapid prototyping and accelerated life testing methods to
ensure products are taken from concept to commercialization in a fast and capital efficient manner. We leverage our direct patient
expertise to rapidly gain insight from end users and to identify areas of innovation that we believe will lead to higher-quality products
and lower total cost of ownership for our products.

We continue to focus our efforts on design and functionality improvements that enhance patient quality of life and reduce

service costs.

Competition

The oxygen therapy market is a highly competitive industry. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of

portable oxygen concentrators, as well as providers of other oxygen therapy solutions such as home delivery of oxygen tanks or
cylinders, stationary concentrators, transfilling concentrators, and liquid oxygen.

Our significant manufacturing competitors are Invacare Corporation, Respironics (a subsidiary of Koninklijke Philips N.V.),
AirSep Corporation and SeQual Technologies (subsidiaries of Chart Industries, Inc.), ResMed Corp., Drive Medical, O2 Concepts,
Precision Medical, and Gas Control Equipment. Given the relatively low barriers to entry in the oxygen therapy device manufacturing
market, we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. Manufacturing companies compete for sales to
providers primarily on the basis of product features, service and price. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these
factors, due to our manufacturing competitors’ reliance on home medical equipment distribution, which compresses their margins and
limits their ability to invest in product features that address consumer preferences. To pursue a direct-to-consumer strategy, our
manufacturing competitors would need to meet national accreditation and state-by-state licensing requirements and secure Medicare
billing privileges, as well as compete directly with the home medical equipment providers that many rely on across their entire
homecare businesses. For our two largest medical device competitors, the entire oxygen business for each, including stationary and
transfilling concentrators, represents less than 15% percent of their billion-dollar plus homecare businesses in 2016.

Lincare, Inc. (a subsidiary of the Linde Group), Apria Healthcare, Inc., Rotech Healthcare, Inc. and American HomePatient, Inc.

(now a subsidiary of Lincare, Inc.) have been among the market leaders in providing oxygen therapy in the United States for many
years, while the remaining U.S. oxygen therapy market is serviced by local or regional providers. Because many oxygen therapy
providers were either excluded from contracts in the Medicare competitive bidding process or will have difficulty providing service at
the prevailing Medicare reimbursement rates, we expect more industry consolidation. Oxygen therapy providers compete primarily on
the basis of product features and service, rather than price, since reimbursement levels are established by Medicare and Medicaid, or
by the individual determinations of private payors. We believe that the investment made by oxygen therapy providers in the physical
distribution required for oxygen delivery limits their ability to easily switch their business model and employ a solution directly
competitive to Inogen.

Some of our competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with significantly greater resources than we have. As a

consequence, they are able to spend more aggressively on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we
can. Some of these competitors have:

(cid:129)

significantly greater name recognition;

established relationships with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

established distribution networks;

additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts, longer warranties,
financing or extended terms, or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

greater history in conducting research and development, manufacturing, marketing and obtaining regulatory approval for
oxygen device products; and

greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, patent litigation and customer
financing.

As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities,

technologies, standards or customer requirements. In light of these advantages that our competitors maintain, even if our technology
and direct-to-consumer distribution strategy is more effective than the technology and distribution strategy of our competitors, current
or potential customers might accept competitor products and services in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will
face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution
strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and distribution strategies. We may not be able to compete
effectively against these organizations. Our ability to compete successfully and to increase our market share is dependent upon our
reputation for providing responsive, professional and high-quality products and services and achieving strong customer satisfaction.
Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenue, revenue growth rate, margins and market share.

Government regulation

Inogen One systems, Inogen At Home systems and related accessories are medical devices subject to extensive and ongoing
regulation by the FDA, as well as other federal and state regulatory bodies in the United States and comparable authorities in other
countries. The FDA regulations govern the following activities that we perform, or that are performed on our behalf, to ensure that
medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses: product design and
development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, pre-market clearance or approval, record keeping,
product marketing, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, and post-marketing surveillance.

FDA’s pre-market clearance and approval requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a

prior Section 510(k) of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or 501(k) clearance or a pre-market approval from the FDA. Medical
devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each
medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. Devices deemed to pose lower risks are placed in
either Class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a premarket notification requesting permission to
commercially distribute the device. This process is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are exempted from
this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices,
or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in Class III, requiring premarket
approval.

510(k) clearance pathway

When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that our proposed
device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared and legally marketed 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial
distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a pre-market approval application. The
performance goal for FDA to make a decision is within 90 FDA Days (calculated as the number of calendar days between the date the
510(k) was received and date of a decision, excluding the days the submission was on hold for an Additional Information request). As
a practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. The FDA must “accept” the submission and may require further
information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA determines that the device,
or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a previously-cleared device or use, the FDA will place the device, or the
particular use, into Class III. We obtained 510(k) clearance for the original Inogen One system on May 13, 2004. We market the
Inogen One G2, Inogen One G3, and Inogen One G4 systems pursuant to the original Inogen One 510(k) clearance. We obtained
510(k) clearance for the Inogen At Home system on June 20, 2014.

Pre-market approval pathway

A pre-market approval application must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process.

The pre-market approval application process is much more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. A pre-market
approval application must be supported by extensive data, including but not limited to technical, preclinical, clinical trials,
manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction reasonable evidence of safety and effectiveness of the device.

After a pre-market approval application is submitted and the FDA determines that the application is sufficiently complete to

permit a substantive review, the FDA will accept the application for review. The FDA has 180 days to review an “accepted” pre-
market approval application, although the review of an application generally occurs over a significantly longer period of time and can
take up to several years. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of the information
already provided. Also, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application
and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval
inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with quality system regulations.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials are almost always required to support pre-market approval and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. In the
United States, these trials generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA.
The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing it is safe to test the
device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specific
number of patients unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical
trials for significant risk devices may not begin until the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional
review boards, or IRBs, at the clinical trial sites. We, the FDA or the IRB at each site at which a clinical trial is being performed may
suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the benefits. Even if
a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the device, may be equivocal or may
otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval or clearance of the product.

Pervasive and ongoing regulation by the FDA and foreign agencies

Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These

include:

(cid:129)

establishment registration and device listing;

quality system regulation, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design,
testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

labeling regulations and the FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-label”
uses, and other requirements related to promotional activities;

medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused
or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or
serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

(cid:129)

corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and
product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act that may present a risk to health; and

post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional
safety and effectiveness data for the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a pre-market approval, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or
effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. The FDA requires
each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a
manufacturer’s determination. We have modified various aspects of our Inogen One systems since receiving regulatory clearance, but
we believe that new 510(k) clearances are not required for these modifications. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to
seek a new 510(k) clearance, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval. The FDA could
also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval is
obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines and penalties.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any

of the following sanctions: warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of our products, operating
restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of
new products, rescinding previously granted 510(k) clearances or withdrawing previously granted pre-market approvals.

As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and certain
corresponding state agencies. We have been audited five times since April 2012 by the FDA and found to be in compliance with Good
Manufacturing Practices. We have completed four surveillance audits and two recertification audits by our notified body over the
same period and identified four minor non-conformances, all of which were addressed. In addition, two transfer audits (one combined
with a surveillance audit tallied above and one standalone) and one site addition audit were also completed.

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which may vary substantially from country

to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval,
and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union,
United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.

Licensure, registrations, and accreditation

In April 2009, we became an accredited Durable Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies Medicare supplier by

Accreditation Commission for Health Care for our Goleta, California facility for Home/Durable Medical Equipment Services for
oxygen equipment and supplies. Our Medicare accreditation must be renewed every three years by passing an on-site inspection. Our
current accreditation with Medicare is due to expire in May 2018. Several states require that durable medical equipment providers be
licensed in order to sell products to patients in that state. Certain of these states require that durable medical equipment providers
maintain an in-state location. Most of our state licenses are renewed on an annual or bi-annual basis. Although we believe we are in
compliance with all applicable state regulations regarding licensure requirements, if we were found to be non-compliant, we could
lose our licensure in that state, which could prohibit us from selling our current or future products to patients in that state. Loss of any
state licensure may also impact our Medicare enrollment, which requires us to be properly licensed in every state where we are
registered with Medicare to do business. Loss or reprimand of our Medicare enrollment may also affect any Medicare Competitive
Bidding Program Contracts we currently possess. In addition, we are subject to certain state laws regarding professional licensure. We
believe that our certified clinicians are in compliance with all such state laws. If our clinicians were to be found non-compliant in a
given state, we would need to modify our approach to providing education, clinical support and customer service in such state.

Federal anti-kickback and self-referral laws

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of

remuneration overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for, or to induce the:

(cid:129)

referral of an individual to a person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable
under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs; or

purchase, lease, or order of, or the arrangement or recommendation of the purchasing, leasing, or ordering of any item or
service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs.

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute applies to our arrangements with our United States sales representatives, customers and
healthcare providers, as well as certain coding and billing information that we may provide to purchasers of our Inogen One and
Inogen At Home systems. Although we believe that we have structured such arrangements to be in compliance with the Anti-
Kickback Statute and other applicable laws, regulatory authorities may determine otherwise. Non-compliance with the federal anti-
kickback statute can result in cancellation of our provider numbers and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental
programs, restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, as well as civil and criminal penalties, any of which could have
an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Federal law also includes a provision commonly known as the “Stark Law,” which prohibits a physician from referring
Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing “designated health services,” which includes durable medical equipment, if the
physician or immediate family member of the physician, has an ownership or investment interest or compensation arrangement with
such entity that does not comply with the requirements of a Stark exception. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of
payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a non-compliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare,
Medicaid or other governmental programs. Although we believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with
current Stark Law requirements, these arrangements may not expressly meet the requirements for applicable exceptions from the law.

Additionally, as some of these laws are still evolving, we lack definitive guidance as to the application of certain key aspects of

these laws as they relate to our arrangements with providers with respect to patient training. We cannot predict the final form that
these regulations will take or the effect that the final regulations will have on us. As a result, our provider arrangements may
ultimately be found to be not in compliance with applicable federal law.

Federal False Claims Act

The Federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person whom it

believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment to the federal government, or
who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the Federal False
Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring “qui tam” or whistleblower lawsuits against companies. Although we
believe that we are in compliance with the federal government’s laws and regulations, if we are found in violation of these laws,
penalties include fines ranging from $0.011 to $0.022 million for each false claim, plus three times the amount of damages that the
federal government sustained because of the act. We believe that we are in compliance with the federal government’s laws and
regulations concerning the filing of reimbursement claims.

Civil monetary penalties law

The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits the offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid
beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of Medicare
or Medicaid payable items or services. We sometimes offer customers various discounts and other financial incentives in connection
with the sales of our products. While it is our intent to comply with all applicable laws, the government may find that our marketing
activities violate the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. If we are found to be in non-compliance, we could be subject to civil monetary
penalties of up to $15,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion
from the Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs. In addition, to the extent we are found to not be in compliance, we
may be required to curtail or restructure our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, exclusions, curtailment or restructuring of our
operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

State fraud and abuse provisions

Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and false claims act that may apply to all
payors. We believe that we are in compliance with such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in
fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

HIPAA

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, also establish uniform standards governing the

conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health
information maintained or transmitted by healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, which are referred to as
“covered entities.” Three standards have been promulgated under HIPAA’s regulations: the Standards for Privacy of Individually
Identifiable Health Information, which restrict the use and disclosure of certain individually identifiable health information, the
Standards for Electronic Transactions, which establish standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan
eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures, and the Security Standards, which require covered entities to

implement and maintain certain security measures to safeguard certain electronic health information, including the adoption of
administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information.

In 2009, Congress passed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, which included sweeping changes

to HIPAA, including an expansion of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards. ARRA includes the Health Information Technology
for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, which, among other things, made HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly
applicable to business associates of covered entities effective February 17, 2010. A business associate is a person or entity that
performs certain functions or activities on behalf of a covered entity that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information
in connection with recognized healthcare operations activities. As a result, business associates are now subject to significant civil and
criminal penalties for failure to comply with applicable standards. Moreover, HITECH creates a new requirement to report certain
breaches of unsecured, individually identifiable health information and imposes penalties on entities that fail to do so. HITECH also
increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons
and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal
HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. The 2013 final HITECH omnibus rule
modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data security incidents qualify as reportable breaches.

In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations
that, in some cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA. In those cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned
operations and procedures to comply with the more stringent state laws. If we fail to comply with applicable state laws and
regulations, we could be subject to additional sanctions. Any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of HIPAA,
HITECH or state privacy and security statutes or regulations could adversely affect our financial condition. The costs of complying
with privacy and security related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our
results or operations.

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other

healthcare providers. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation
Act, among other things, imposed new reporting requirements on medical device manufacturers for payments or other transfers of
value made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their
immediate family members. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of
$0.15 million per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or
ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual submission. Certain states also
mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices and/or
require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians and other healthcare professionals.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act also requires healthcare providers to voluntarily report and return an identified

overpayment within 60 days after identifying the overpayment. Failure to repay the overpayment within 60 days will result in the
claim being considered a “false claim” and the healthcare provider will be subject to False Claims Act liability.

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

Also, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their

intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We cannot
assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our
employees, manufacturers, distributors, partners, collaborators or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations,
could result in legal fees, fines, penalties or prosecution and have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and
reputation.

International regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to

country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA
clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.

The primary regulatory body in Europe is the European Commission, which has adopted numerous directives and has
promulgated standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices.
Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the European Conformity Marking, or CE
Mark, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be
commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, and other countries that comply with or mirror these
directives. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a
combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a notified body, an independent and neutral

institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the
manufacturer’s quality system, review of technical documentation, and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. Such an
assessment may be required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. ISO 13485
certification is a voluntary standard. Quality systems that implement relevant harmonized standards establish the presumption of
conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Mark. We have the authorization to affix the CE Mark to our products and to
commercialize our devices in the European Union. Our ISO 13485 certification was issued on April 21, 2005 and our EC-Certificate
was issued on March 16, 2007. The final form of the European Medical Device Regulation, which will replace Europe’s Medical
Device Directive, was adopted on May 25, 2017 and it becomes effective on May 25, 2020. The Medical Device Regulation will
apply in parallel with the Medical Device Directive for a transition period of three years. Additionally, a new version of ISO 13485
was recently published, beginning a transition period for updating certificates until March 2019.

Before we can sell our devices in Canada we must submit a license application and obtain clearance, implement and comply
with ISO Standard 13485, and undergo an audit by a registrar accredited by Health Canada. On January 25, 2006, we received our
Medical Device License in Canada. Health Canada intends to implement the Medical Device Single Audit Program (MDSAP) as the
sole mechanism for manufacturers to demonstrate compliance with the quality management system requirements of the Medical
Devices Regulations. MDSAP will replace the current Canadian Medical Devices Conformity Assessment System (CMDCAS)
program. As of January 1, 2019, only MDSAP certificates will be accepted. In Australia, we must appoint an agent sponsor who will
interact on our behalf with the Therapeutics Goods Administration (TGA). We must also prepare a technical file and declaration of
conformity to essential requirements under Australian law, provide evidence of CE Marking of the device and submit this information
via our agent sponsor to the TGA in a Medical Device Application. On June 4, 2007, we received our Certificate for Inclusion of a
Medical Device in Australia.

Intellectual property

We believe that to maintain a competitive advantage, we must develop and preserve the proprietary aspect of our technologies.
We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements and other
measures to protect our proprietary rights. Currently, we require our employees, public accountants, consultants and advisors to
execute non-disclosure agreements in connection with their employment, consulting or advisory relationships with us, where
appropriate. We also require our employees, consultants and advisors with whom we expect to work on our current or future products
to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived during the work day, developed using our property or related to our
business. Despite any measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our
Inogen One or Inogen At Home systems or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

Patents

As of December 31, 2017, we had seven pending U.S. patent applications, thirty-one issued U.S. patents and one issued

Canadian patent relating to the design and construction of our oxygen concentrators and our intelligent delivery technology. We
anticipate it could take several years for the most recent of these U.S. patent applications to result in issued patents, if successful.

Our patent portfolio contains three principal sets of patents and patent applications. The first set relates to the construction and

design of specific Inogen products. For example, U.S. Patent Nos. 8,440,004; 8,366,815; 8,377,181; and 8,568,519 are directed to
design elements of the Inogen One G2 portable oxygen concentrator. These patents expire in 2031 (without taking into account any
patent term adjustments) and may serve to deter competitors from reverse engineering or copying our design elements. This set of
patents and patent applications also contains pending U.S. patent applications that relate to the designs of the Inogen One G3, Inogen
One G4, and Inogen At Home oxygen concentrators.

The second set of patents and patent applications within our portfolio pertains to operating algorithms and design optimization

techniques. U.S. Patent Nos. 7,841,343; 7,585,351; 7,857,894; 8,142,544; and 6,605,136 are directed toward optimization of the
Pressure Swing Adsorption oxygen generating system and the oxygen conserving technology used across all of our products. These
patents expire in 2027, 2026, 2027, 2026 and 2022 respectively (without taking into account any patent term adjustments). These
algorithms and optimization techniques are developed to facilitate the design and manufacturing of our products. These patents may
prevent competitors from achieving the same levels of optimization as found in our products.

The third set of patents and patent applications includes system component designs that may be incorporated into our products.
For example, U.S. Patent No. 8,580,015, which expires in 2027 (without taking into account any patent term adjustments), is directed
to product improvements that have been utilized in the Inogen One and Inogen One G2 products. Also, within this class of patents are
U.S. Patent Nos. 7,686,870 and 7,922,789 that are directed to designs that may be utilized in future Inogen products to improve
performance over current product offerings. These patents expire in 2027 and 2023 respectively (without taking into account any
patent term adjustments).

Trademarks

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we had 770 full and part-time employees, representing 381 in sales, marketing, clinical and client

services, 223 in operations, manufacturing, quality assurance and repair, 142 in general administration and 24 in research and
development. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations
are good.

Environmental matters

Our research and development and manufacturing processes involve the controlled use of hazardous materials, including
flammables, toxics, and corrosives. Our research and manufacturing operations produce hazardous chemical waste products. We seek
to comply with applicable laws regarding the handling and disposal of such materials. Given the small volume of such materials used
or generated at our facilities, we do not expect our compliance efforts to have a material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings,
and competitive position. However, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or discharge and any resultant injury
from these materials. We do not currently maintain separate environmental liability coverage and any such contamination or discharge
could result in significant cost to us in penalties, damages, and suspension of our operations.

Backlog

We run our operations on a just-in-time basis; however, the volatility of order intake may result in periods when incoming

orders exceed our capacity. We do not currently have a backlog of orders that could not be fulfilled in our ordinary course of
business. Further, our customers can change or cancel orders with limited or no penalty and limited advance notice prior to shipment.

Geographic information

During the year ended December 31, 2017, substantially all of our long-lived assets were located within the United States.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, all of our long-lived assets were located within the United States.
Approximately 22.3% of our 2017 revenue, 24.7% of our 2016 revenue, and 22.2% of our 2015 revenue came from international
markets. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
additional information related to our U.S. and non-U.S. revenue.

Seasonality

We believe our sales may be impacted by seasonal factors. For example, we typically experience higher total sales in the second
and third quarter, as a result of consumers traveling and vacationing during warmer weather in the spring and summer months, but this
may vary year-over-year. As more home medical equipment (HME) providers adopt portable oxygen concentrators in their businesses,
we expect our historical seasonality in the domestic business-to-business channel could change as well, which was previously
influenced mainly by consumer buying patterns. Direct-to-consumer sales seasonality may also be impacted by the number of sales
representatives and the amount of marketing spend in each quarter. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the sales
revenue in the second quarter accounted for 25.7%, 27.1% and 28.5%, respectively, and the sales revenue in the third quarter
accounted for 28.0%, 28.1% and 25.7%, respectively, of our total sales revenue.

Corporate and available information

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta,

California 93117. Our telephone number is (805) 562-0500. Our website address is www.inogen.com. We make available on our
website, free of charge, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any

amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations page of our website
located at http://investor.inogen.com. The SEC also maintains a website that contains our SEC filings. The address of the site is
www.sec.gov. Additionally, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other materials that we file with the SEC are available at
the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

We webcast our earnings calls and certain events we participate in or host with members of the investment community on our

investor relations page of our website. In addition, we use our website http://investor.inogen.com as a means of disclosing information
about our company, our products, our planned financial and other announcements, our attendance at upcoming investor conferences,
and other matters. It is possible that the information we post on our website could be deemed material information. We may use our
website to comply with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Therefore, investors should monitor our website in addition to
following our press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, and webcasts. Corporate governance information, including our
board committee charters, code of ethics, and corporate governance principles, is also available on our investor relations page of our
website located at http://investor.inogen.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report
on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive
textual references only.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table identifies certain information about our executive officers as of February 23, 2018.

Name
Scott Wilkinson .................................................................
Alison Bauerlein................................................................

Matthew Scribner ..............................................................
Brenton Taylor...................................................................
Byron Myers......................................................................

Age
53
36

50
36
38

Position

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial
Officer, Corporate Secretary and Corporate Treasurer
Executive Vice President, Operations
Executive Vice President, Engineering
Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Scott Wilkinson has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since March 1, 2017 and a director since January 1,
2017. Previously, Mr. Wilkinson served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from January 1, 2016 through February 28,
2017, Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing from 2008 through December 31, 2015, and in this role oversaw Inogen’s global
operations in sales, marketing, customer service, product management, medical billing, and clinical services. Prior to that,
Mr. Wilkinson served as our Director of Product Management from 2005 to 2006 and Vice President, Product Management from 2006
to 2008. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Wilkinson worked for Invacare Corporation, a designer and manufacturer of oxygen products, as a
Group Product Manager and helped launch their $100 million oxygen product line segment. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Wilkinson
served as a Product Line Director with Johnson & Johnson, a healthcare company. From 1988 to 1999, Mr. Wilkinson worked as a
Research Scientist, Product Manager, and Project Leader at Kimberly Clark, a consumer products company. Mr. Wilkinson received
a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Akron and an MBA from University of Wisconsin,
Oshkosh. The board of directors believes that Mr. Wilkinson’s considerable knowledge and understanding of our business together
with his extensive industry experience qualifies him to serve on the board.

Alison Bauerlein is a co-founder of Inogen and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2009 and Executive Vice

President, Finance since March 2014. Ms. Bauerlein has also served as Corporate Secretary and Corporate Treasurer since
2002. Ms. Bauerlein previously served as our Vice President, Finance from 2008 until March 2014. Prior to serving in these
positions, Ms. Bauerlein also served as Controller with our company from 2008 to 2009 and 2001 to 2004, and the Director of
Financial Planning and Analysis from 2004 to 2008. During her time with our company, Ms. Bauerlein has helped the company raise
approximately $91 million in venture capital funding. Ms. Bauerlein received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics/Mathematics
with high honors from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Matthew Scribner has served as our Executive Vice President, Operations since March 2014. Prior to serving this position,
Mr. Scribner served as our Vice President, Operations from 2008 until March 2014, the Director of Manufacturing from 2007 to 2008
and the Director of Supply Chain from 2004 to 2007. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Scribner worked for Computer Motion, a manufacturer
of surgical robots that was acquired by Intuitive Surgical, in various executive capacities, including as a Manufacturing Manager and
as a Project Manager. From 1989 to 2013, Mr. Scribner served in the United States Navy as a helicopter pilot, on both active duty and
as a reservist. He was mobilized and deployed to Iraq in 2003 to fly in support of Operation Iraqi Freedom. He achieved the rank of
Commander and retired from the U.S. Navy in July 2013. Mr. Scribner received a Bachelor of Science degree in Ocean Engineering
from the United States Naval Academy. Mr. Scribner also received an MBA from the University of San Diego.

Brenton Taylor is a co-founder of Inogen and has served as our Executive Vice President, Engineering since March 2014. Prior

to serving in this position, Mr. Taylor served as our Vice President, Engineering from 2008 until March 2014 and as the Director of
Technology with our company from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Taylor is listed as an inventor on 26 of the Company’s issued U.S. patents
related to portable oxygen concentrator development. Mr. Taylor received a Bachelor of Science degree in Microbiology from the
University of California, Santa Barbara.

Byron Myers is a co-founder of Inogen and has served as our Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing since January 1,

2017. Previously, Mr. Myers served as our Vice President, Marketing from 2011 to 2016. In his current role, Mr. Myers leads
Inogen’s Sales, Marketing and Product Management Operations. Prior to serving in these positions, Mr. Myers held various roles with
our company, including: Product Manager from 2002 to 2006, Director of Marketing from 2006 to 2007 and 2008 to 2011,
International Product Manager during 2007, and Director of International Product Management from 2007 to 2008. Mr. Myers
received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics/Mathematics from the University of California, Santa Barbara and an MBA from the
Rady School of Management at the University of California, San Diego.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves numerous uncertainties and risks. In addition to the other
information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following risks and uncertainties may have a material and adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or stock price. You should consider these risks and uncertainties
carefully, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The
risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only ones we face. If any of the risks or uncertainties we face were to occur,
the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This Annual Report on Form 10-K
also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of factors that are described below and elsewhere in this report.

Risks related to our business and strategy

We face intense international, national, regional and local competition and if we are unable to compete successfully, it could have
an adverse effect on our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, and market share.

The oxygen therapy market is a highly competitive industry. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of

Our significant manufacturing competitors are Invacare Corporation, Respironics (a subsidiary of Koninklijke Philips N.V.),

AirSep Corporation and SeQual Technologies (subsidiaries of Chart Industries, Inc.), Inova Labs, Inc. (a subsidiary of ResMed),
DeVilbiss Healthcare (a subsidiary of Drive Medical), O2 Concepts, Precision Medical and Gas Control Equipment. Given the
relatively straightforward regulatory path in the oxygen therapy device manufacturing market, we expect that the industry will become
increasingly competitive in the future. Manufacturing companies compete for sales to providers primarily on the basis of product
features, quality, service and price.

For many years, Lincare, Inc. (a subsidiary of the Linde Group), Apria Healthcare, Inc., Rotech Healthcare, Inc. and American

HomePatient, Inc. (now a subsidiary of Lincare, Inc.) have been among the market leaders in providing oxygen therapy, while the
remaining oxygen therapy market is serviced by local providers. Because many oxygen therapy providers were either excluded from
contracts in the Medicare competitive bidding process or will have difficulty providing service at the prevailing Medicare
reimbursement rates, we expect more industry consolidation. Oxygen therapy providers compete primarily on the basis of product
features and service, rather than price, since reimbursement levels are established by Medicare and Medicaid, or by the individual
determinations of private payors.

Some of our competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with greater resources than we have. As a consequence, they are

able to spend more aggressively on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. Some of these
competitors have:

(cid:129)

significantly greater name recognition;

established relationships with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

established distribution networks;

additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts, longer warranties,
financing or extended terms, other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

(cid:129)

greater history in conducting research and development, manufacturing, marketing and obtaining regulatory approval for
oxygen device products; and

greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, patent litigation and customer
financing.

As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can due to new or changing

opportunities, technologies, standard regulatory and reimbursement development and customer requirements. In light of these
advantages that our competitors maintain, even if our technology and direct-to-consumer distribution strategy is more effective than
the technology and distribution strategy of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitor products and
services in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies
and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution strategies and as new companies enter the market with new
technologies and distribution strategies. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Our ability to compete
successfully and to increase our market share is dependent upon our reputation for providing responsive, professional and high-quality
products and services and achieving strong customer satisfaction. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our
revenue, revenue growth rate, margins and market share.

If we are unable to continue to enhance our existing products and develop and market new products that respond to customer
needs and preferences and achieve market acceptance, we may experience a decrease in demand for our products and our business
could suffer.

We may not be able to compete as effectively with our competitors, and ultimately satisfy the needs and preferences of our
customers, unless we can continue to enhance existing products and develop new innovative products. Product development requires
significant financial, technological and other resources. While we expended $5.3 million, $5.1 million and $4.2 million for the years
ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, for research and development efforts, we cannot assure that this level of
investment will be sufficient to maintain a competitive advantage in product innovation, which could cause our business to suffer.
Product improvements and new product introductions also require significant planning, design, development, patent protection, and
testing at the technological, product, and manufacturing process levels and we may not be able to timely develop product
improvements or new products or obtain necessary patent protection and regulatory clearances or approvals for such product
improvements or new products in a timely manner, or at all. Our competitors’ new products may enter the market before our new
products reach market, be more effective with more features, obtain better market acceptance, or render our products obsolete. Any
new products that we develop may not receive market acceptance or otherwise generate any meaningful sales or profits for us relative
to our expectations based on, among other things, existing and anticipated investments in manufacturing capacity and commitments to
fund advertising, marketing, promotional programs and research and development.

We depend on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our sales revenue and the loss of, or a significant
shortfall in demand from, these customers could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We receive a significant amount of our sales revenue from a limited number of customers, including distributors, HME oxygen
providers, our private label partner and resellers. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, sales revenue
to our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 40.1%, 41.4% and 33.0%, respectively, of our total revenue. We expect that
sales to relatively few customers will continue to account for a significant percentage of our total revenue in future periods. However,
we can provide no assurance that any of these customers or any of our other customers will continue to utilize our products at current
levels, pricing, or at all, and our revenue could fluctuate significantly due to changes in economic conditions, the use of competitive
products, or the loss of, reduction of business with, or less favorable terms with any of our largest customers. Our future success will
significantly depend upon the timing and volume of business from our largest customers and the financial and operational success of
these customers. If we were to lose one of our key customers or have a key customer significantly reduce its volume of business with
us, our revenue may be materially reduced and there would be an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of
operations.

We obtain some of the components, subassemblies and completed products included in our Inogen One systems and our Inogen At
Home from a single source or a limited group of manufacturers or suppliers, and the partial or complete loss of one of these
manufacturers or suppliers could cause significant production delays, an inability to meet customer demand and a substantial loss
in revenue.

We utilize single-source suppliers for some of the components and subassemblies we use in our Inogen One systems and our
Inogen At Home systems. For example, we have elected to source certain key components from single sources of supply, including
our batteries, motors, valves, and some molded plastic components. Our dependence on single-source suppliers of components may
expose us to several risks, including, among other things:

(cid:129)

our suppliers may encounter financial hardships as a result of unfavorable economic and market conditions unrelated to
our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements;

suppliers may fail to comply with regulatory requirements, be subject to lengthy compliance, validation or qualification
periods, or make errors in manufacturing components that could negatively affect the performance or safety of our
products or cause delays in supplying of our products to our customers;

newly identified suppliers may not qualify under the stringent quality regulatory standards to which our business is
subject;

we or our suppliers may not be able to respond to unanticipated changes in customer orders, and if orders do not match
forecasts, we or our suppliers may have excess or inadequate inventory of materials and components;

we may be subject to price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components;

we may experience delays in delivery by our suppliers due to customs clearing delays, shipping delays, scarcity of raw
materials or changes in demand from us or their other customers;

we or our suppliers may lose access to critical services and components, resulting in an interruption in the manufacture,
assembly and shipment of our systems;

our suppliers may be subject to allegations by other parties of misappropriation of proprietary information in connection
with their supply of products to us, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements;

fluctuations in demand for products that our suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability or willingness to
deliver components to us in a timely manner;

our suppliers may wish to discontinue supplying components or services to us; and

we may not be able to find new or alternative components or reconfigure our system and manufacturing processes in a
timely manner if the necessary components become unavailable.

We have in the past experienced supply problems with some of our suppliers and may again experience problems in the future.

For example, we have previously had issues with our suppliers sourcing certain components of our Inogen One products. If we had
not been able to obtain sufficient quantities of the required component, we would have been required to delay manufacturing until
additional supplies became available, or we would have been required to validate an alternative component. We may not be able to
quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers, particularly for our single source components or subassemblies. Any
interruption or delay in the supply of components or subassemblies, or our inability to obtain components or subassemblies from
alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause
them to cancel orders or switch to competitive products.

In addition, we may be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain certain minerals that have been

designated as “conflict minerals” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result, we may be
required to perform due diligence to determine the origin of such minerals and disclose and report whether or not such minerals
originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The implementation of these new requirements could
adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. In addition, we may incur
additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant
minerals and metals used in our products. If any of these risks materialize, costs could significantly increase and our ability to meet
demand for our products could be impacted. If we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for our Inogen One systems and Inogen
At Home systems in a timely manner, our ability to generate revenue would be impaired, market acceptance of our products could be
adversely affected, and customers may instead purchase or use alternative products. In addition, we could be forced to secure new or
alternative components and subassemblies through a replacement supplier. Finding alternative sources for these components and
subassemblies could be difficult in certain cases and may entail a significant amount of time and disruption. In some cases, we would
need to change the components or subassemblies if we sourced them from an alternative supplier. This, in turn, could require a

redesign of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems and, potentially, require additional Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) clearance or approval before we could use any redesigned product with new components or subassemblies, thereby causing
further costs and delays that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

A significant majority of our rental patients who use our product have health coverage under the Medicare program, and recently
enacted and future changes in the reimbursement rates or payment methodologies under Medicare and other government
programs have affected and could continue to materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

As a provider of oxygen product rentals, we depend heavily on Medicare reimbursement as a result of the higher proportion of

elderly persons suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Medicare Part B, or Supplementary Medical Insurance Benefits,
provides coverage to eligible beneficiaries that include items of durable medical equipment for use in the home, such as oxygen
equipment and other respiratory devices. We believe that more than 60% of oxygen therapy patients in the United States have primary
coverage under Medicare Part B. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we derived 7.0%, 12.4%, and 21.0%,
respectively, of our total revenue from Medicare’s program or beneficiaries (including patient co-insurance obligations). There are
increasing pressures on Medicare to control healthcare costs and to reduce or limit reimbursement rates for home medical products.

Legislation, including the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, the Deficit Reduction Act

of 2005, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as
amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, and the 21st Century Cures Act (Cures Act) contain provisions that
directly impact reimbursement for the durable medical equipment products provided by us:

(cid:129)

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 significantly reduced reimbursement for
inhalation drug therapies beginning in 2005, reduced payment amounts for certain durable medical equipment, including
oxygen, beginning in 2005, froze payment amounts for other covered home medical equipment items through 2008,
established a competitive bidding program for home medical equipment and implemented quality standards and
accreditation requirements for durable medical equipment suppliers.

The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 limited the total number of continuous rental months for which Medicare will pay for
oxygen equipment to 36 months, after which time there is generally no additional reimbursement to the supplier (other
than for periodic, in-home maintenance and servicing). The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 also provided that title of the
equipment would transfer to the beneficiary, which was later repealed by the Medicare Improvements for Patients and
Providers Act of 2008. For purposes of the rental cap, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 provided for a new 36-month
rental period that began January 1, 2006 for all oxygen equipment. After the 36th continuous month during which
payment is made for the oxygen equipment, the supplier is generally required to continue to furnish the equipment during
the period of medical need for the remainder of the useful lifetime of the equipment, provided there are no breaks in
service due to medical necessity that exceed 60 days. The reasonable useful lifetime for our portable oxygen equipment is
60 months. After 60 months, if the patient requests, and the patient meets Medicare coverage criteria, the rental cycle
starts over and a new 36-month rental period begins. There are no limits on the number of 60-month cycles over which a
Medicare patient may receive benefits and an oxygen therapy provider may receive reimbursement, so long as such
equipment continues to be medically necessary for the patient. We anticipate that the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005
oxygen payment rules will continue to negatively affect our net revenue on an ongoing basis, as each month additional
customers reach the capped rental period in month thirty-seven, resulting in potentially two or more years without rental
income from these customers. Our capped patients as a percentage of total patients on service was approximately 17.0%
as of December 31, 2017, which is slightly lower than the capped patients as a percentage of total patients on service of
approximately 17.1% as of December 31, 2016. The percentage of capped patients may fluctuate over time as new
patients come on service, patients come off of service before and during the capped rental period, and existing patients
enter the capped rental period. We cannot predict the potential impact to rental revenues in future periods associated with
patients in the capped rental period.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act,
includes, among other things, new face-to-face physician encounter requirements for certain durable medical equipment
and home health services, and a requirement that by 2016, the competitive bidding process must be nationalized or prices
in non-competitive bidding areas must be adjusted to match competitive bidding prices. As of January 1, 2017, CMS has
decreased prices for durable medical equipment in non-competitive bidding areas to match competitive bidding prices.

The Cures Act was passed in December 2016 and included a provision to roll-back the second cut to the non-CBA areas
that was effective July 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Reimbursement in these areas was increased to the rates
experienced in the period from January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2016. This led to a benefit in rental revenue of $2.0
million in the fourth quarter of 2016 and $0.2 million in the first quarter of 2017. Effective January 1, 2017, rates are set
at 100% of the adjusted fee schedule amount, based on the regional competitive bidding rates. The Cures Act also calls
for a study of the impact of the competitive bidding pricing on rural areas.

These legislative provisions as currently in effect have had and will continue to have a material and adverse effect on our

business, financial condition and operating results.

The Health and Human Services (HHS) Office of Inspector General (OIG) has recommended states to review Medicaid
reimbursement for durable medical equipment (DME) and supplies. The OIG cites an earlier report estimating that four states
(California, Minnesota, New York, and Ohio) could have saved more than $18.1 million on selected DME items if their Medicaid
prices were comparable to those under round one of the Medicare competitive bidding program. Since issuing those reports, the OIG
identified $12 million in additional savings that the four states could have obtained on the selected items by using pricing similar to
the Medicare round two competitive bidding and national mail-order programs. In light of varying Medicaid provider rates for DME
and the potential for lower spending, the OIG recommends that CMS (1) seek legislative authority to limit state Medicaid DME
reimbursement rates to Medicare program rates, and (2) encourage further reduction of Medicaid reimbursement rates through
competitive bidding or manufacturer rebates (the OIG did not determine the cost of implementing a rebate or competitive bidding
program in each state). In December 2015, the Omnibus bill passed that will require state Medicaid agencies to match Medicare fee
schedule reimbursement rates (including single payment amounts in applicable areas) beginning January 1, 2019, including for
oxygen. The Cures Act accelerated the timing of this implementation to be effective beginning January 1, 2018.

On January 28, 2016, the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) published a final rule to implement Medicare’s

face-to-face provisions for home health and DME under the Medicaid program, effective July 1, 2016. Medicaid programs are run by
state agencies that must coordinate with state legislative bodies, therefore the state agencies have until July 1, 2017 or July 1, 2018
(depending on the timing of their legislative sessions) to allow state agencies to publish compliant initiatives on this rule. All states
except Montana, Nevada, North Dakota, and Texas were expected to initiate this requirement effective July 1, 2017. Montana,
Nevada, North Dakota, and Texas are expected to implement the requirements by July 1, 2018. The Medicaid definition of medical
supplies, equipment and appliances were aligned with the Medicare definitions. In addition, the DHHS is implementing the
requirement for a face-to-face visit related to the beneficiary’s primary need for medical equipment within 6 months prior to the start
of certain durable medical equipment services, including oxygen. These legislative provisions, when enacted, could have an adverse
impact on our business, financial conditions and operating results.

On January 17, 2017, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services published a final rule effective March 20, 2017 to

address the appeals backlog that includes allowing certain decisions to be made by the Medicare Appeals Council to set precedent for
lower levels of appeal, expansion of the pool of available adjudicators, and increasing decision-making consistency among the levels
of appeal. In addition, it included provisions to improve the efficiency by streamlining the appeals process, allowing attorneys to
handle some procedural matters at the administrative law judge level, and proposed funding increases and legislative actions outlined
in the federal budget for 2017. DHHS estimates estimate this could eliminate the backlog in appeals by 2021. However, if this plan is
not effective, the appeals backlog could increase, which could increase our collection times and decrease our cash flow, increase
billing administrative costs, and/or increase the provision for rental revenue adjustments, which would adversely affect our business
financial condition and results of operations.

Due to budgetary shortfalls, many states are considering, or have enacted, cuts to their Medicaid programs. These cuts have
included, or may include, elimination or reduction of coverage for our products, amounts eligible for payment under co-insurance
arrangements, or payment rates for covered items. Continued state budgetary pressures could lead to further reductions in funding for
the reimbursement for our products which, in turn, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The competitive bidding process under Medicare could negatively affect our business and financial condition.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 requires the Secretary of Health and Human

Services to establish and implement programs under which competitive acquisition areas are established throughout the United States
for purposes of awarding contracts for the furnishing of competitively priced items of durable medical equipment, including oxygen
equipment.

after which the contract is subject to a new round of bidding. Discounts off the standard Medicare allowable occur in CBAs where
contracts have been awarded as well as in cases where private payors pay less than this allowable. Competitive bidding rates are based
on the zip code where the patient resides. Rental revenue includes payments for product, disposables, and customer service/support.

As of January 1, 2016, all areas previously not subject to the competitive bidding program (non-competitive bidding areas or

“non-CBAs”) have experienced reductions in the Medicare fee schedule for DMEPOS. The fee schedules in the non-CBAs were
adjusted based on regional averages of the single payment amounts that apply to the competitive bidding program (Adjusted Fee
Schedule). The regional prices are limited by a national ceiling (110% of the average of the regional prices) and a national floor (90%
of the average regional prices). From January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2016, the reimbursement rates for these non-CBAs (with dates of
service from January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2016) were 50% of the un-adjusted fee schedule amount plus 50% of the Adjusted Fee
Schedule amount. As of July 1, 2016, Medicare reimbursed DMEPOS at 100% of the Adjusted Fee Schedule amount. However, in
December 2016, the Cures Act was passed, which included a provision to roll-back the second cut to the non-CBA areas that was
effective July 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Pricing in these areas was increased to the rates experienced in the period from
January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2016. This led to a benefit in rental revenue of $2.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 and $0.2
million in the first quarter of 2017. Effective January 1, 2017, rates are set at 100% of the adjusted fee schedule amount, based on the
regional competitive bidding rates. The Cures Act also called for a study of the impact of the competitive bidding pricing on rural
areas and accelerated the implementation of the Omnibus bill passed in December 2015 that requires state Medicaid agencies to match
Medicare fee schedule reimbursement rates (including single payment amounts in applicable areas), effective as of January 1, 2018,
including for oxygen.

The competitive bidding regions are defined as follows:

States Covered

IA, KS, MN, MO, NE

IL, IN, MI, OH, WI

In addition to regional pricing, CMS imposed different pricing on “frontier states” and rural areas. CMS defines frontier states

With regard to round two re-compete, which began on July 1, 2016, CMS updated the product categories and the competitive
bidding areas. Respiratory equipment includes oxygen, oxygen equipment, continuous positive airway pressure devices, respiratory
assist devices and related supplies and accessories. Nebulizers are now a separate product category from respiratory equipment. Round
two re-compete is in the same geographic areas that were included in the original round two. However, as a result of the Office of
Management and Budget’s updates to the original 91 round two metropolitan statistical areas, there are now 90 metropolitan statistical
areas for round two re-compete and 117 CBAs. Any CBA that was previously located in multi-state metropolitan statistical areas was
redefined so that no CBA is included in more than one state. The round two re-compete CBAs have nearly the same zip codes as the
round two CBAs; the associated changes in the zip codes since competitive bidding was implemented are reflective in this round two
re-compete. Pricing was announced in March 2016 and impacts both the zip codes covered under round two and also the rates for the
non-CBAs effective July 1, 2016.

In round one 2017, there were 9 metropolitan statistical areas and 13 CBAs to make sure each CBA does not cross state
boundaries. We estimate approximately 9% of the Medicare market was impacted by these contracts which began on January 1, 2017
and continue through December 31, 2018. Pricing was announced in September 2016 and impacts both the zip codes covered under
round one and also the rates for the non-CBAs effective January 1, 2017. To the extent that we are not successful in future competitive
bidding rounds, we may lose access to patients in CBAs in which we are not awarded contracts, which would adversely affect our

business, financial condition and results of operation. Moreover, any items and services provided by the Company to Medicare
patients that reside in non-CBAs will be affected by the reimbursement reductions aimed at bringing national reimbursement in line
with the competitive bidding program single payment amounts.

On April 16, 2015, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 was signed into law which requires Medicare
suppliers that bid under the DMEPOS competitive bidding program to obtain a $0.05 million to $0.1 million bid surety bond for each
CBA. The provision is intended to prevent suppliers from submitting not-binding, “low-ball” bids that artificially drive down prices
and jeopardize beneficiary access to equipment. If the supplier bids at or lower than the median composite bid rate and does not accept
a contract offered for a CBA, the bid bond would be forfeited. The Act also codifies that competitive bidding contracts can only be
awarded to suppliers that meet applicable state licensure requirements. We will incur additional expense to obtain the appropriate
surety bonds in the CBAs where we win contracts in future competitive bidding rounds. As of January 1, 2017, there are 13 CBAs
under contract in round one 2017 and 117 CBAs under contract in round two re-compete. CBAs are defined by Medicare and are
subject to change at each new bidding period.

On November 2, 2017, a bi-partisan bill with 122 co-sponsors was introduced in the House of Representatives that would

Although we continue to monitor developments regarding the implementation of the competitive bidding program, we cannot

predict the outcome of the competitive bidding program on our business when fully implemented, nor the Medicare payment rates that
will be in effect in future years for the items subject to competitive bidding, including our products. We expect that the stationary
oxygen and non-delivery ambulatory oxygen payment rates will continue to fluctuate, and a large negative payment adjustment would
adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

The implementation of prior authorization rules for DMEPOS under Medicare could negatively affect our business and financial
condition.

CMS has issued a final rule to require Medicare prior authorization (PA) for certain durable medical equipment, prosthetics,
orthotics, and supplies (DMEPOS) that the agency characterizes as frequently subject to unnecessary utilization. The final rule was
published on December 30, 2015 and specifies a master list of 135 items that could potentially be subject to PA, including stationary
oxygen rentals (E1390). The master list will be updated annually and published in the Federal Register. The presence of an item on the
master list does not automatically mean that a PA is required. CMS will select a subset of these master list items for its “Required
Prior Authorization List”, which has not yet been published in the Federal Register. There will be a notice period of at least 60 days
prior to implementation. The ruling does not create any new clinical documentation requirements; instead the same information
necessary to support Medicare payment will be required prior to the item being furnished to the beneficiary. CMS has proposed that
reasonable efforts are made to provide a PA decision within 10 days of receipt of all applicable information, unless this timeline could
seriously jeopardize the life or health of the beneficiary or the beneficiary’s ability to regain maximum function, in which case the
proposed PA decision would be 2 business days. CMS will issue additional sub-regulatory guidance on these timelines in the future.
CMS has announced that two power mobility codes (HCPCS K0856 and K0861) will be considered for PA as CMS moves forward
with the implementation of this final rule. No other codes have been publicly discussed. If our products are subject to prior
authorization, it could reduce the number of patients qualified to come on service using their Medicare benefits, it could delay the start
of those patients while we wait for the prior authorization to be received, and/or it could decrease sales productivity. As a result, this
could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

The Medicare Fee-For-Service (FFS) sequestration reduction has and may continue to negatively impact our revenue and profits.

Medicare FFS claims with dates of service on or after April 1, 2013 are subject to a 2% reduction in Medicare payment,
including claims for DMEPOS, including in competitive bidding areas. The claims payment adjustment is applied to all claims after
determining co-insurance, any applicable deductible, and any applicable Medicare secondary payment adjustments. These reductions
are included in rental revenue adjustments. This sequestration reduction will continue until further notice. As a result, this could
adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

Healthcare reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In the United States, the legislative landscape, particularly as it relates to healthcare regulation and reimbursement coverage,

continues to evolve. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was passed, which has the potential to
substantially change healthcare financing by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the U.S. medical device
industry. In addition, as discussed above, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act also expands round two of the competitive
bidding program to a total of 117 CBAs, and in 2016 prices in non-CBAs were adjusted to match competitive bidding prices.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created, among other things, measures for
spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit
reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the
legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to
providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional
Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012
which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to certain providers, including physicians, hospitals, imaging centers
and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers
from three to five years. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of
which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in
reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressures.

In addition to the legislative changes discussed above, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act also requires healthcare

providers to voluntarily report and return an identified overpayment within 60 days after identifying the overpayment. Failure to repay
the overpayment within 60 days will result in the claim being considered a “false claim” and the healthcare provider will be subject to
False Claims Act liability.

State legislative bodies also have the right to enact legislation that would impact requirements of home medical equipment
providers, including oxygen therapy providers. Some states have already enacted legislation that would require in-state facilities.
States such as Arizona and New York have recently considered such legislation. Arizona introduced HB2266 in the beginning of
2016. HB2266 would have required any durable medical equipment supplier to maintain a physical location within Arizona or 100
miles of an Arizona resident who is a Medicare beneficiary being serviced by the supplier. HB2266 died in legislature in 2016. New
York considered bill A05074, which would have required certain durable medical equipment suppliers to maintain a storefront in New
York state. Although the bill passed Assembly and Senate, it was vetoed by the Governor in 2016. We are monitoring all state
requirements to maintain compliance with state-specific legislation and access to service patients in these states. To the extent such
legislation is enacted, it could result in increased administrative costs or otherwise exclude us from doing business in a particular state,
which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

We face uncertainties that might result from modification or repeal of any of the provisions of the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, including as a result of current and future executive orders and legislative actions. The impact of those changes
on us and potential effect on the durable medical equipment industry as a whole is currently unknown. But, any changes to the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act are likely to have an impact on our results of operations and may have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations. We cannot predict what other healthcare programs and regulations will ultimately be implemented at the
federal or state level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in the United States may have on our business.

We depend upon reimbursement from Medicare, private payors, Medicaid and patients for a significant portion of our revenue,
and if we fail to manage the complex and lengthy reimbursement process, our business and operating results could suffer.

A significant portion of our rental revenue is derived from reimbursement by third-party payors. We accept assignment of

insurance benefits from customers and, in a majority of cases, invoice and collect payments directly from Medicare, private payors
and Medicaid, as well as direct from patients under co-insurance provisions. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
approximately 9.6%, 17.1% and 28.5%, respectively, of our total revenue was derived from Medicare, private payors, Medicaid, and
individual patients who directly receive reimbursement from third-party payors.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be affected by the healthcare industry’s reimbursement process, which is

complex and can involve lengthy delays between the time that a product is delivered to the consumer and the time that the
reimbursement amounts are settled. Depending on the payor, we may be required to obtain certain payor-specific documentation from
physicians and other healthcare providers before submitting claims for reimbursement. Certain payors have filing deadlines and they
will not pay claims submitted after such time. We are also subject to extensive pre-payment and post-payment audits by governmental
and private payors that could result in material delays, refunds of monies received or denials of claims submitted for payment under
such third-party payor programs and contracts. We cannot ensure that we will be able to continue to effectively manage the
reimbursement process and collect payments for our products promptly. If we fail to manage the complex and lengthy reimbursement
process, it would adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Failure to obtain private payor contracts and future reductions in reimbursement rates from private payors could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

A portion of our revenue is derived from private payors. Based on our patient population, we estimate at least 30% of potential

customers have non-Medicare insurance coverage, and we believe these patients represent a younger and more active patient
population that will be drawn to the quality-of-life benefits of our solution. Failing to maintain and obtain private payor contracts from
private insurance companies and employers and secure in-network provider status could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and operating results. In addition, private payors are under pressure to increase profitability and reduce costs. In
response, certain private payors are limiting coverage or reducing reimbursement rates for the products we provide. We believe that
private payor reimbursement levels will generally be reset in accordance with the Medicare payment amounts determined by
competitive bidding. We cannot predict the extent to which reimbursement for our products will be affected by competitive bidding or
by initiatives to reduce costs for private payors. Failure to obtain or maintain private payor contracts or the unavailability of third-
party coverage or inadequacy of reimbursement for our products would adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results
of operations.

We do not have long-term supply contracts with many of our third-party suppliers.

We purchase components and subassemblies from third-party suppliers, including some of our single-source suppliers, through

purchase orders and do not have long-term supply contracts with many of these third-party suppliers. Many of our third-party
suppliers, therefore, are not obligated to perform services or supply products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantity or at
any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. We do not maintain large volumes of inventory from
most of these suppliers. If we inaccurately forecast demand or fail to place orders timely enough relative to fluctuating lead time
requirements for components or subassemblies, our ability to manufacture and commercialize our Inogen One systems and Inogen At
Home systems could be delayed and our competitive position and reputation could be harmed. In addition, if we fail to effectively
manage our relationships with these suppliers, we may be required to change suppliers which would be time consuming and disruptive
and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If our manufacturing facilities become unavailable or inoperable, we will be unable to continue manufacturing our Inogen One
systems and Inogen At Home systems and, as a result, our business, financial condition, and operating results will be harmed until
we are able to secure a new facility.

We assemble our Inogen One concentrators and Inogen At Home concentrators at our facility in Richardson, Texas and
assemble compressors as well as load and assemble sieve beds (columns) at our facility in Goleta, California. In the fourth quarter of
2017, we began using a contract manufacturer in Europe to assemble a portion of our Inogen One G3 concentrators for our European
customers. No other manufacturing facilities are currently available to us, particularly facilities of the size and scope of our Texas
facility. Our facilities and the equipment we use to manufacture our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems would be
costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to procure, repair or replace. Our facilities may be harmed or rendered
inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including fire, flood, earthquakes and power outages, which may render it difficult or
impossible for us to manufacture our products for some period of time. If any of our facilities become unavailable to us, we cannot
provide assurances that we will be able to secure and equip a new manufacturing facility on acceptable terms, in a timely manner. The
inability to manufacture our products, combined with delays in replacing parts inventory and manufacturing supplies and equipment,
may result in the loss of customers and/or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to reestablish relationships with those customers
in the future. Although we have insurance coverage for certain types of disasters which may help us recover some of the costs of
damage to our property and lost income from the disruption of our business, insurance coverage of certain perils may be limited or
unavailable at cost effective rates and may therefore not be sufficient to cover any or all of our potential losses and may not continue
to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If our manufacturing capabilities are impaired, we may not be able to manufacture,
store, and ship our products in sufficient quantity or a cost effective or timely manner, which would adversely impact our business,
financial condition, and operating results.

We intend to rely upon a third-party contract manufacturer for certain manufacturing operations and our business and results of
operations may be adversely affected by risks associated with their business, financial condition, and the geography in which they
operate.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2017, we began utilizing a third-party contract manufacturer for production of our Inogen One

G3 concentrators in the Czech Republic. There are a number of risks associated with our dependence on a contract manufacturer,
including:

(cid:129)

reduced control over delivery schedules and planning;

reliance on the quality assurance procedures of a third party;

risks associated with our contract manufacturer failing to manufacture our products according to our specifications,
quality regulations, including the FDA’s Quality System regulations, or otherwise manufacturing products that we or
regulatory authorities deem to be unsuitable for commercial use;

risks associated with our contract manufacturer’s ability to successfully undergo FDA and other regulatory authority
quality inspections;

potential uncertainty regarding manufacturing yields and costs;

availability of manufacturing capability and capacity, particularly during periods of high demand;

risks and uncertainties associated with the location or country where our products are manufactured, including potential
manufacturing disruptions caused by social, geopolitical or environmental factors;

changes in U.S. law or policy governing foreign trade, manufacturing, development and investment in the countries where
we manufacture our products, including the World Trade Organization Information Technology Agreement or other free
trade agreements;

delays in delivery by suppliers due to customs clearing delays, shipping delays, scarcity of raw materials and changes in
demand from us or their other customers;

limited warranties provided to us; and

potential misappropriation of our intellectual property.

These and other risks could impair our ability to fulfill orders, harm our sales and impact our reputation with customers. If

our contract manufacturer is unable or unwilling to manufacture our products or components of our products, or if our contract
manufacturer discontinues operations, we may be required to identify and qualify alternative manufacturers, which could cause us to
be unable to meet our supply requirements to our customers and result in the breach of our customer agreements. The process of
qualifying a new contract manufacturer and commencing volume production is expensive and time-consuming, and if we are required
to change or qualify a new contract manufacturer, we would likely lose sales revenue and damage our existing customer relationships.

If we are unable to manage our anticipated growth effectively, our business could be harmed.

The rapid growth of our business has placed a significant strain on our managerial and operational resources and systems. To

execute our anticipated growth successfully, we must continue to attract and retain capable personnel and manage and train them
effectively. We must also upgrade our internal business processes and capabilities to create the scalability that a growing business
demands.

We plan to continue the expansion of our facilities located in Richardson, Texas. Domestic expansion combined with our use of
a contract manufacturer in Europe to produce a portion of our Inogen One G3 concentrators, are expected to be sufficient to meet our
manufacturing needs. However, our anticipated growth will place additional strain on our supply chain and manufacturing facilities,
resulting in an increased need for us to carefully monitor parts inventory, capable staffing and quality assurance. Any failure by us to
manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, each of which may divert our management’s
attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations, and harm our results of
operations.

Our business strategy may, from time to time, include acquiring or investing in complementary services, technologies or

businesses, such as our recent acquisition of MedSupport Systems B.V. We cannot assure you that we will successfully identify
suitable acquisition candidates, integrate or manage disparate technologies, lines of business, personnel and corporate cultures, realize

our business strategy or the expected return on our investment, or manage a geographically dispersed company. Any such acquisition
or investment could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. The acquisition and integration process is complex,
expensive and time-consuming, and may cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, product development and sales activities
and operations of both companies, and we may incur substantial cost and expense, as well as divert the attention of management. We
may issue equity securities which could dilute current stockholders’ ownership, incur debt, assume contingent or other liabilities and
expend cash in acquisitions, which could negatively impact our financial position, stockholder equity, and stock price.

Acquisitions and other strategic investments involve significant risks and uncertainties, including:

(cid:129)

the potential failure to achieve the expected benefits of the combination or acquisition;

unanticipated costs and liabilities;

difficulties in integrating new products, businesses, operations, and technology infrastructure in an efficient and effective
manner;

difficulties in maintaining customer relations;

the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses;

the diversion of the attention of our senior management from the operation of our daily business;

the potential adverse effect on our cash position to the extent that we use cash for the purchase price;

the potential significant increase of our interest expense, leverage, and debt service requirements if we incur additional
debt to pay for an acquisition;

the potential issuance of securities that would dilute our stockholders’ percentage ownership;

the potential to incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; and

the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies, and procedures.

Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will realize the

anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment. In addition, our inability to successfully operate and integrate newly acquired
businesses appropriately, effectively, and in a timely manner could impair our ability to take advantage of future growth opportunities
and other advances in technology, as well as on our revenues, gross margins, and expenses.

We may experience manufacturing problems or delays that could limit our growth or adversely affect our operating results.

Our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems are manufactured using complex processes, sophisticated equipment and

strict adherence to specifications and quality standards. Any unforeseen manufacturing problems, such as contamination of our
facility, equipment malfunction or miscalibration, supply chain shortages, regulatory findings, or failure to strictly follow procedures
or meet specifications, could result in delays or shortfalls in production of our products. Identifying and resolving the cause of any
such manufacturing issues could require substantial time and resources. If we are unable to keep up with demand for our products by
successfully manufacturing and shipping our products in a timely and quality manner, our operating results could be impaired, market
acceptance for our products could be adversely affected and our customers might instead purchase our competitors’ products.

In addition, the introduction of new products may require the development of new manufacturing processes and procedures.

While all of our products are assembled using essentially the same basic processes, significant changes in technology, programming,
and other variations may be required to meet product specifications. Developing new processes can be very time consuming and affect
quality, as such any unexpected difficulty in doing so could delay the introduction of a new product and our ability to produce
sufficient quantities of existing products.

We are exposed to the credit and non-payment risk of our HME providers, distributors, private label partners and resellers,
especially during times of economic uncertainty and tight credit markets, which could result in material losses.

We make sales to certain HME providers, distributors, private label partner and resellers on unsecured credit, with terms that
vary depending upon the customer’s credit history, solvency, cash flow, credit limits and sales history, as well as prevailing terms with
similarly situated customers and whether sufficient credit insurance can be obtained. Challenging economic conditions may impair the
ability of our customers to pay for products they have purchased, and as a result, our reserves for doubtful accounts and write-off of
accounts receivable could increase and, even if increased, may turn out to be insufficient. Moreover, even in cases where we have
insolvency risk insurance to protect against a customer’s bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation, this insurance typically contains a

significant deductible and co-payment obligation and does not cover all instances of non-payment. Our exposure to credit risks of our
business partners may increase if our business partners and their end customers are adversely affected by global or regional economic
conditions. One or more of these business partners could delay payments or default on credit extended to them, either of which could
adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We generate a substantial portion of our revenue internationally and are subject to various risks relating to such international
activities, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, any disruption or delay in the shipping of our products,
whether domestically or internationally, may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 22.3%, 24.7% and 22.2%, respectively, of our total

revenue was generated from customers located outside of the United States. We believe that a significant percentage of our future
revenue will continue to come from international sources as we expand our international operations and develop opportunities in other
countries. Engaging in international business inherently involves a number of difficulties and risks, including:

(cid:129)

required compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.K. Bribery Act, data
privacy requirements, labor laws, and anti-competition regulations;

export or import restrictions;

obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances, approvals and certifications;

laws and business practices favoring local companies;

difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

unstable economic, political, and regulatory conditions;

supply chain complexities;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements, and other trade barriers; and

difficulties protecting or procuring intellectual property rights.

If one or more of these risks occurs, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy, and if we are unsuccessful in

finding a solution, our financial results will suffer.

In addition, on June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom (U.K.) held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the
European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” In February 2017, the British Parliament voted in favor of allowing the British
government to begin the formal process of Brexit and discussions with the European Union began in March 2017. Adverse
consequences concerning Brexit or the future of the European Union could include deterioration in global economic conditions,
instability in global financial markets, political uncertainty, volatility in currency exchange rates or adverse changes in the cross-
border agreements currently in place, any of which could have an adverse impact on our financial results in the future.

A majority of our product sales are currently denominated in U.S. dollars and fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative

to foreign currencies could decrease demand for our products and adversely impact our financial performance. For example, if the
value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies, our products could become more costly to the international consumer
and therefore less competitive in international markets. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations
due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast
with reliable accuracy. We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income or loss as a result of
transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain current asset and current liability balances that are denominated in currencies
other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2017, we
experienced a net foreign currency gain of $1.3 million, and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we experienced a net
foreign currency loss of $0.3 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could have an adverse
impact on our financial results in the future. While we have a hedging program for Euros that attempts to manage currency exchange
rate risks to an acceptable level based on management's judgment of the appropriate trade-off between risk, opportunity, and cost, this
hedging program does not completely eliminate the effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations. In addition, currency hedging may
result in a reduction in revenue should the currency strengthen during the contract period. A discussion of the hedging program is
contained in Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional
information on our hedging arrangements is also contained in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.

We rely on shipping providers to deliver products to our customers globally. Labor, tariff, or World Trade Organization-related

disputes, piracy, physical damage to shipping facilities or equipment caused by severe weather or terrorist incidents, congestion at
shipping facilities, inadequate equipment to load, dock, and offload our products, energy-related tie-ups, or other factors could disrupt
or delay shipping or off-loading of our products domestically and internationally. Such disruptions or delays may have an adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, and similar laws associated with our activities outside of the United States could
subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA
PATRIOT Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010 and possibly other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering
laws in the more than forty countries around the world where we conduct activities and sell our products. We face significant risks and
liability if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws that prohibit companies and their
employees and third-party business partners, such as distributors or resellers, from authorizing, offering or providing, directly or
indirectly, improper payments or benefits to foreign government officials, political parties or candidates, employees of public
international organizations including healthcare professionals, or private-sector recipients for the corrupt purpose of obtaining or
retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage.

We leverage various third parties to sell our products and conduct our business abroad. We, our distributors and channel

partners, and our other third-party intermediaries and manufacturer may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and
employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities (such as in the context of obtaining government approvals,
registrations, or licenses) and may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and
intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.
In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in
practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. As such, we intend to continue to implement an
FCPA/anti-corruption compliance program to ensure compliance with such laws but cannot assure you that all of our employees and
agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our
policies and applicable law, for which we have to defend ourselves and may be ultimately held responsible.

Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws could result in
whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in
the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, which could have a material and adverse effect on
our reputation, business, operating results and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action or related investigation
may result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other
professional fees.

If we fail to comply with U.S. export control and economic sanctions or fail to expand and maintain an effective sales force or
successfully develop our international distribution network, our business, financial condition and operating results may be
adversely affected.

We currently derive the majority of our revenue from rentals or sales generated from our own direct sales force. Failure to
maintain or expand our direct sales force could adversely impact our financial and operating performance. Additionally, we use
international distributors to augment our sales efforts, certain of which are exclusive distributors in certain foreign countries. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop our relationships with third-party distributors internationally. In
addition, we are subject to United States export control and economic sanctions laws relating to the sale of our products, the violation
of which could result in substantial penalties being imposed against us. In particular, we have secured annual export licenses from the
U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control to sell our products to a distributor and hospital and clinic end-users in
Iran. The use of this license requires us to observe strict conditions with respect to products sold, end-user limitations and payment
requirements. Although we believe we have maintained compliance with license requirements, there can be no assurance that the
license will not be revoked, be renewed in the future or that we will remain in compliance. More broadly, if we fail to comply with
export control laws or successfully develop our relationship with international distributors, our sales could fail to grow or could
decline, and our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected. Distributors that are in the business of selling other medical
products may not devote a sufficient level of resources and support required to generate awareness of our products and grow or
maintain product sales. If our distributors are unwilling or unable to market and sell our products, or if they do not perform to our
expectations, we could experience delayed or reduced market acceptance and sales of our products.

We may be subject to substantial warranty or product liability claims or other litigation in the ordinary course of business that may
adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

As manufacturers of medical devices, we may be subject to substantial warranty or product liability claims or other litigation in
the ordinary course of business that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend these claims or pay damage awards. For
example, our Inogen One systems contain lithium ion batteries, which, under certain circumstances, can be a fire hazard. We, as well
as our key suppliers, maintain product liability insurance, but this insurance is limited in amount and subject to significant deductibles.
There is no guarantee that insurance will be available or adequate to protect against all claims. Our insurance policies are subject to
annual renewal and we may not be able to obtain liability or product insurance in the future on acceptable terms or at all. In addition,
our insurance premiums could be subject to increases in the future, which may be material. If the coverage limits are inadequate to
cover our liabilities or our insurance costs continue to increase as a result of warranty or product liability claims or other litigation,
then our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

We may also be subject to other types of claims arising from our normal business activities. These may include claims, suits,
and proceedings involving labor and employment, wage and hour, commercial, alleged securities laws violations or other investor
claims, patent defense and other matters. The outcome of any litigation, regardless of its merits, is inherently uncertain. Any claims
and lawsuits, and the disposition of such claims and lawsuits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, divert management
attention and resources, and lead to attempts on the part of other parties to pursue similar claims. Any adverse determination related to
litigation could require us to change our technology or our business practices, pay monetary damages or enter into royalty or licensing
arrangements, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Increases in our operating costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Reimbursement rates are established by fee schedules mandated by Medicare, private payors and Medicaid, and are likely to

remain constant or decrease due, in part, to federal and state government budgetary constraints. As a result, with respect to Medicare
and Medicaid related revenue, we are not able to offset the effects of general inflation on our operating costs through increases in
prices for our products. In particular, labor and related costs account for a significant portion of our operating costs and we compete
with other healthcare providers to attract and retain qualified or skilled personnel and with various industries for administrative and
service employees. This competitive environment could result in increased labor costs. As such, we must control our operating costs,
particularly labor and related costs and failing to do so could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

We depend on the services of our senior executives and other key technical personnel, the loss of whom could negatively affect our
business.

Our success depends upon the skills, experience and efforts of our senior executives and other key technical personnel,

including certain members of our engineering staff and our sales and marketing executives. Much of our corporate expertise is
concentrated in relatively few employees, the loss of which for any reason could negatively affect our business. Competition for our
highly skilled employees is intense and we cannot prevent the resignation of any employee. We do not maintain “key man” life
insurance on any of our senior executives. None of our senior executive team is bound by written employment contracts to remain
with us for a specified period. In addition, we have not entered into non-compete agreements with members of our executive
management team. The loss of any member of our executive management team could harm our ability to implement our business
strategy and respond to the market conditions in which we operate.

We rely on information technology, and if we are unable to protect against service interruptions, data corruption, cyber-based
attacks or network security breaches, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be negatively affected.

We rely on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic, customer, operational,
compliance, and financial information; to coordinate our business; and to communicate within our company and with customers,
suppliers, partners and other third-parties. These information technology systems may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or
shutdowns, hardware or software failures, power outages, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, security breaches, telecommunication
failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Like other companies, we have experienced attacks on our systems. If our information
technology systems suffer unauthorized access, severe damage, disruption or shutdown, and our business continuity do not effectively
identify or resolve the issues in a timely manner, our operations could be disrupted, we could be subject to regulatory and consumer
lawsuits and our business could be negatively affected. In addition, cyber-attacks could lead to potential unauthorized access and
disclosure of confidential information (including patient-identifiable health information), and data loss and corruption. There is no
assurance that we will not experience service interruptions, security breaches, cyber-attacks, or other information technology failures
in the future.

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our
stock price.

Our quarterly revenue and results of operations have varied in the past and may continue to vary significantly from quarter-to-

quarter. This variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as research analysts and investors respond to these quarterly
fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to numerous factors, including: fluctuations in consumer demand for our products; seasonal
cycles in consumer spending (as discussed in Item 1, Seasonality and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K); our ability to
design, manufacture and deliver products to our consumers in a timely and cost-effective manner; quality control problems in our
manufacturing operations; our ability to timely obtain adequate quantities of the components used in our products; new product
introductions and enhancements by us and our competitors; unanticipated increases in costs or expenses; unanticipated regulatory
reimbursement changes that could result in positive or negative impacts to our earnings; changes or updates to generally accepted
accounting principles; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. As more HME providers adopt portable oxygen
concentrators in their businesses, we expect that this could change our historical seasonality in the domestic business-to-business
channel as well, which was previously influenced mainly by consumer buying patterns. The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast,
and these, as well as other factors, could materially and adversely affect our quarterly and annual results of operations. We have
experienced significant revenue growth in the past, but we may not achieve similar growth rates, profit margins and/or net income in
future periods. You should not rely on our operating results for any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future
operating performance. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth and cost control, our operating results could suffer, and
our stock price could decline. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses are relatively fixed due to our
manufacturing, research and development and sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough
to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. Our
results of operations may not meet the expectations of research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock
could decrease significantly.

Given our levels of stock-based compensation, our tax rate may vary significantly depending on our stock price.

The tax effects of the accounting for share-based compensation may significantly impact our effective tax rate from period to
period. In periods in which our stock price is higher than the grant price of the stock-based compensation vesting in that period, we
will recognize excess tax benefits that will decrease our effective tax rate. For example, in 2017 excess tax benefits recognized from
stock-based compensation decreased our provision for income taxes by $9.9 million and our effective tax rate by 33.5% as compared
to the tax rate without such benefits. In future periods in which our stock price is lower than the grant price of the stock-based
compensation vesting in that period, our effective tax rate may increase. The amount and value of stock-based compensation issued
relative to our earnings in a particular period will also affect the magnitude of the impact of stock-based compensation on our effective
tax rate. These tax effects are dependent on our stock price, which we do not control, and a decline in our stock price could
significantly increase our effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial results.

If the market opportunities for our products are smaller than we believe they are, our revenues may be adversely affected and our
business may suffer.

Our projections regarding (i) the size of the oxygen therapy market, both in the United States and internationally, (ii) the size
and percentage of the oxygen therapy market that is subject to competitive bidding in the United States, (iii) the number of oxygen
therapy patients, (iv) the number of patients requiring ambulatory and stationary oxygen, (v) the number of patients who rely on the
delivery model, and (vi) the share of portable oxygen concentrators as a percentage of the total oxygen therapy spend are based on
estimates that we believe are reliable. These estimates may prove to be incorrect, new data or studies may change the estimated
incidence or prevalence of patients requiring oxygen therapy, or the type of oxygen therapy patients. The number of patients in the
United States and internationally may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with
our products, or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our
results of operations and our business.

An adverse outcome of a sales and use tax audit could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
condition.

The California State Board of Equalization conducted a sales and use tax audit of our operations in California in 2008. As a

result of the audit, the California State Board of Equalization confirmed that our sales are not subject to California sales and use tax.
We believe that our sales in four states may be subject to sales and use tax, but in other states they should be exempt from sales and
use tax. There can be no assurance, however, that other states may agree with our position and we may be subject to an audit that may
not be resolved in our favor. Such an audit could be expensive and time-consuming and result in substantial management distraction.
If the matter were to be resolved in a manner adverse to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial position.

Changes in accounting principles, or interpretations thereof, could have a significant impact on our financial position and results
of operations.

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, referred to as U.S. GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles can have a
significant effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported transactions. Additionally, the adoption
of new or revised accounting principles may require that we make significant changes to our systems, processes and controls.

For example, the U.S.-based Financial Accounting Standards Board, referred to as FASB, is currently working together with the
International Accounting Standards Board, referred to as IASB, on several projects to further align accounting principles and facilitate
more comparable financial reporting between companies who are required to follow U.S. GAAP under SEC regulations and those who
are required to follow International Financial Reporting Standards outside of the United States. These efforts by the FASB and IASB
may result in different accounting principles under U.S. GAAP that may result in materially different financial results for us in areas
including, but not limited to, principles for recognizing revenue and lease accounting. Additionally, significant changes to U.S. GAAP
resulting from the FASB’s and IASB’s efforts may require that we change how we process, analyze and report financial information
and that we change financial reporting controls.

It is not clear if or when these potential changes in accounting principles may become effective, whether we have the proper

systems and controls in place to accommodate such changes and the impact that any such changes may have on our financial position
and results of operations.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Our existing net operating losses (NOLs) are subject to limitations arising from ownership changes and are subject to the
provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the State of California Revenue and Taxation Code.
If we undergo one or more future ownership changes our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited.

Uncertainties in the interpretation and application of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act could materially affect our tax obligations
and effective tax rate.

The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) was enacted on December 22, 2017, and significantly affected U.S. tax law by
changing how the U.S. imposes income tax. U.S. Department of Treasury has broad authority to issues regulations and interpretative
guidance that may significantly impact how we will apply the law and impact our results of operations.

Changes in tax laws or tax rulings could materially affect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

The income and non-income tax regimes we are subject to or operate under are unsettled and may be subject to significant
change. Changes in tax law or tax rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing law, could materially affect our financial position,
results of operations, and cash flows. For example, changes to the U.S. tax laws enacted in December 2017 had a significant impact
on our tax assets and effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2017. In addition, many countries in Europe, as well as a number of
other countries and organizations, have recently proposed or recommended changes to existing tax laws or have enacted new laws that
could significantly increase our tax obligations in many countries where we do business or require us to change the manner in which
we operate our business.

Risks related to the regulatory environment

We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation, and if we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could suffer severe
criminal or civil sanctions and be required to make significant changes to our operations that could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and operating results.

The federal government and all states in which we currently operate regulate various aspects of our business. In particular, our

operations are subject to state laws governing, among other things, distribution of medical equipment and certain types of home health
activities, and we are required to obtain and maintain licenses in each state to act as a durable medical equipment supplier. Certain of
our employees are subject to state laws and regulations governing the professional practices of respiratory therapy.

As a healthcare provider participating in governmental healthcare programs, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud

and abuse, which subject our marketing, billing, documentation and other practices to strict government scrutiny. To ensure
compliance with Medicare, Medicaid and other regulations, government agencies or their contractors often conduct routine audits and
request customer records and other documents to support our claims submitted for payment of services rendered. Government

agencies or their contractors also periodically open investigations and obtain information from healthcare providers. Violations of
federal and state regulations can result in severe criminal, civil and administrative penalties and sanctions, including debarment,
suspension or exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other government reimbursement programs, any of which would have a
material adverse effect on our business.

Changes in healthcare laws and regulations and new interpretations of existing laws and regulations may affect permissible

activities, the relative costs associated with doing business, and reimbursement amounts paid by federal, state and other third-party
payors. There have been and will continue to be regulatory initiatives affecting our business and we cannot predict the extent to which
future legislation and regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to burdensome and complex billing and record-keeping requirements in order to substantiate our claims for
payment under federal, state and commercial healthcare reimbursement programs, and our failure to comply with existing
requirements, or changes in those requirements or interpretations thereof, could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and operating results.

We are subject to burdensome and complex billing and record-keeping requirements in order to substantiate our claims for

payment under federal, state and commercial healthcare reimbursement programs. Our records also are subject to routine and other
reviews by third-party payors, which can result in delays in payments or refunds of paid claims. We could experience a significant
increase in pre-payment reviews of our claims by the Durable Medical Equipment Medicare Administrative Contractors, which could
cause substantial delays in the collection of our Medicare accounts receivable as well as related amounts due under supplemental
insurance plans.

Current law provides for a significant expansion of the government’s auditing and oversight of suppliers who care for patients
covered by various government healthcare programs. Examples of this expansion include audit programs being implemented by the
Durable Medical Equipment Medicare Administrative Contractors, the Zone Program Integrity Contractors, the Recovery Audit
Contractors, and the Comprehensive Error Rate Testing contractors, operating under the direction of CMS, and the various state
Medicaid Fraud Control Units.

We have been informed by these auditors that healthcare providers and suppliers of certain durable medical equipment product

categories are expected to experience further increased scrutiny from these audit programs. When a government auditor ascribes a
high billing error rate to one or more of our locations, it generally results in protracted pre-payment claims review, payment delays,
refunds and other payments to the government and/or our need to request more documentation from providers than has historically
been required. It may also result in additional audit activity in other company locations in that state or Durable Medical Equipment
Medicare Administrative Contractors jurisdiction. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact that these audits, methodologies and
interpretations might have on our business, financial condition or operating results, but such impact could be material.

We are subject to significant regulation by numerous government agencies, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or
FDA. We cannot market or commercially distribute our products without obtaining and maintaining necessary regulatory
clearances or approvals.

Our Inogen concentrators are medical devices subject to extensive regulation in the United States and in the foreign markets
where we distribute our products. The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with
respect to medical devices:

(cid:129)

design, development and manufacturing;

testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;

clinical trials;

product safety;

marketing, sales and distribution;

pre-market clearance and approval;

record keeping;

advertising and promotion;

recalls and field safety corrective actions;

(cid:129)

post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur,
could lead to death or serious injury;

post-market approval studies; and

product import and export.

Before we can market or sell a medical device in the United States, we must obtain either clearance from the FDA under
Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, or approval of a pre-market approval application from the
FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially
equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and
effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing.

Our commercial products have received 510(k) clearance by the FDA. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more

rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or
modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. In addition, the FDA may determine that future
products will require the more costly, lengthy and uncertain pre-market approval process. Although we do not currently market any
devices under a pre-market approval, the FDA may demand that we obtain a pre-market approval prior to marketing certain future
products. In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a product we currently market is subject to an exemption from
pre-market review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k) or pre-market approval application in order to continue marketing the
product. Further, even with respect to those future products where a pre-market approval is not required, we cannot assure you that we
will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those products or do so in a timely fashion.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

(cid:129)

we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective for their intended
uses;

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where
required; and

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable Quality System Regulations.

Medical devices may only be promoted and sold for the indications for which they are approved or cleared. In addition, even if
the FDA has approved or cleared a product, it can take action affecting such product approvals or clearances if serious safety or other
problems develop in the marketplace. Delays in obtaining clearances or approvals could adversely affect our ability to introduce new
products or modifications to our existing products in a timely manner, which would delay or prevent commercial sales of our products.
Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other
increased scrutiny on us, could affect the perceived safety and performance of our products and dissuade our customers from using our
products.

If we modify our FDA cleared devices, we may need to seek additional clearances or approvals, which, if not granted, would
prevent us from selling our modified products.

Any modification we make to our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home system that could significantly affect their safety or
effectiveness, or would constitute a major change in intended use, manufacture, design, materials, labeling, or technology requires the
submission and clearance of a new 510(k) pre-market notification or, possibly, pre-market approval. The FDA requires every
manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review and disagree with any manufacturer’s decision.
The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have modified some of
our 510(k) cleared products and have determined that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approval are not
required. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or pre-market approval for
modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we
may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to
significant regulatory fines or penalties.

If we fail to comply with FDA or state regulatory requirements, we can be subject to enforcement action.

Even after we have obtained regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA

regulations. The FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory
requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

(cid:129)

adverse publicity, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

recalls, termination of distribution, or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

delays in the introduction of products into the market;

refusal to grant our requests for future 510(k) clearances or approvals of new products, new intended uses, or
modifications to exiting products;

withdrawals or suspensions of current 510(k) clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and

criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse

effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, or the discovery of
serious safety issues with our products that leads to corrective actions, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the

event of material deficiencies or defects in design, labeling or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an
unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may also, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device
is found or withdraw a product to improve device performance or for other reasons. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us
or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or
labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Similar regulatory agencies in other countries have similar authority to recall devices
because of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could endanger health. Any recall would divert management
attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our stock to decline and expose us to product liability or other claims and
harm our reputation with customers. A recall involving our Inogen concentrators could be particularly harmful to our business,
financial and operating results.

We are required to timely report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or
serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or
serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall. Depending on the corrective
action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new
approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances
may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems
associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including adverse publicity, FDA warning letters,
product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take
other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences,
which could harm our business, including our ability to market our products in the future.

Any adverse event involving our products, whether in the United States or abroad, could result in future voluntary corrective

actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action.
Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our
time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

If we, our contract manufacturer, or our component manufacturers fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, our
manufacturing operations could be interrupted, and our product sales and operating results could suffer.

We, our contract manufacturer, and our component manufacturers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System

Regulation, or QSR, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, calibration, testing, production, control, quality
assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of our devices. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic
announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. We and our component manufacturers have been, and
anticipate in the future being, subject to such inspections. Although we believe our manufacturing facilities and those of our

component manufacturers are in compliance with the QSR, we cannot provide assurance that any future inspection will not result in
adverse findings. If we fail to implement timely and appropriate corrective actions that are acceptable to the FDA or if our other
manufacturing facilities or those of any of our component manufacturers, contract manufacturers, or suppliers are found to be in
violation of applicable laws and regulations, or we or our manufacturers or suppliers fail to take prompt and satisfactory corrective
action in response to an adverse inspection, the FDA could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

(cid:129)

adverse publicity, untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products or modified products;

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals that have already been granted;

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or

criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.

Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards set by industrial

standards bodies, such as the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO. Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our
products or the testing that our products undergo against these standards. The specific standards, types of evaluation and scope of
review differ among foreign regulatory bodies. If we fail to adequately comply with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body
may take adverse actions similar to those within the power of the FDA. Any such action may harm our reputation and could have an
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The primary regulatory body in Europe is the European Commission, which includes most of the major countries in Europe.

The European Commission has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trial, labeling
and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to
bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and,
accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class
of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a
“Notified Body.” An assessment by a Notified Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a
manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union.

If we fail to obtain and maintain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions, our market opportunities will be limited.

Approximately 22.3% of our revenue was from sales outside of the United States for the year ended December 31, 2017, 24.7%

for the year ended December 31, 2016, and 22.2% for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2017, we sold our
products in 45 countries outside of the United States through distributors or directly to large “house” accounts. In order to market our
products in the European Union or other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain and maintain separate regulatory approvals and comply
with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies from country to country and can involve
additional product testing. The time required to obtain approval abroad may be longer than the time required to obtain FDA clearance.
The foreign regulatory approval process includes many of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance and we may not obtain
foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. FDA clearance does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other
countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign
countries. However, the failure to obtain clearance or approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative impact on our ability to obtain
clearance or approval elsewhere. If we do not obtain or maintain necessary approvals to commercialize our products in markets
outside the United States, we may be required to discontinue sales in those countries which would negatively affect our overall market
penetration, revenues, results of operation and financial condition.

We may be subject to fines, penalties or injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved
or “off-label” uses, resulting in damage to our reputation and business.

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with the FDA and other applicable laws and regulations,

including the prohibition of the promotion of a medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA. Physicians
may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of
medicine. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use that is either false

or misleading, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions,
which could have an adverse impact on our reputation and financial results.

Failure to comply with the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, the Health
Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH Act, and implementing regulations could result in
significant penalties.

Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including HIPAA and the HITECH Act, govern the collection, dissemination,

security, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information. HIPAA and the HITECH Act require us to comply with
standards for the use and disclosure of protected health information within our company and with third parties. The Privacy Standards
and Security Standards under HIPAA establish a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of individually
identifiable health information by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered
entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services. Notably, whereas HIPAA previously
directly regulated only these covered entities, the HITECH Act, which was signed into law as part of the stimulus package in February
2009, makes certain of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards also directly applicable to covered entities’ business associates. As a
result, both covered entities and business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply
with Privacy Standards and Security Standards.

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to protected health

information that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such
information. The HITECH Act expands the notification requirement for breaches of patient-identifiable health information, restricts
certain disclosures and sales of patient-identifiable health information and provides a tiered system for civil monetary penalties for
HIPAA violations. The HITECH Act also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities,
business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or
injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil
actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more
stringent than HIPAA.

If we are determined to be out of compliance with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we

could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions. New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, the
HITECH Act, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle healthcare related
data and communicate with payors, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant.

The 2013 final HITECH omnibus rule modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data
security incidents qualify as reportable breaches. Any liability from a failure to comply with the requirements of HIPAA or the
HITECH Act could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. The costs of complying with privacy and security
related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Regulations requiring the use of “standard transactions” for healthcare services issued under HIPAA may negatively impact our
profitability and cash flows.

Pursuant to HIPAA, final regulations have been implemented to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the healthcare
system by facilitating the electronic exchange of information in certain financial and administrative transactions while protecting the
privacy and security of the information exchanged.

The HIPAA transaction standards are complex, and subject to differences in interpretation by third-party payors. For instance,

some third-party payors may interpret the standards to require us to provide certain types of information, including demographic
information not usually provided to us by physicians. As a result of inconsistent application of transaction standards by third-party
payors or our inability to obtain certain billing information not usually provided to us by physicians, we could face increased costs and
complexity, a temporary disruption in accounts receivable and ongoing reductions in reimbursements and net revenue. In addition,
requirements for additional standard transactions, such as claims attachments or use of a national provider identifier, could prove
technically difficult, time-consuming or expensive to implement, all of which could harm our business.

If we fail to comply with state and federal fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback, Stark, false claims and anti-inducement
laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving

remuneration to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any healthcare
item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal healthcare programs. Although there are a number of

statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe
harbors are drawn narrowly, and any remuneration to or from a prescriber or purchaser of healthcare products or services may be
subject to scrutiny if it does not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for
safe harbor protection from anti-kickback liability. Failure to meet all requirements of a safe harbor is not determinative of a kickback
issue but could subject the practice to increased scrutiny by the government.

The “Stark Law” prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing “designated health

services,” which includes durable medical equipment, if the physician or immediate family member of the physician, has an
ownership or investment interest in or compensation arrangement with such entity that does not comply with the requirements of a
Stark exception. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a non-
compliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Although we believe
that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with current Stark Law requirements, these arrangements may not
expressly meet the requirements for applicable exceptions from the law.

Federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false claim for payment to
the federal government, or knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to get a false claim paid. The majority of states
also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback and self-referral laws and false claims laws, which apply to items
or services, reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of payor. These false claims
statutes allow any person to bring suit in the name of the government alleging false and fraudulent claims presented to or paid by the
government (or other violations of the statutes) and to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement.
Such suits, known as qui tam actions, have increased significantly in the healthcare industry in recent years. Sanctions under these
federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer’s products from reimbursement under
government programs, criminal fines and imprisonment. In addition, the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act,
among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or
entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the
federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. Because of the breadth of
these laws and the narrowness of the safe harbors and exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to
challenge under one or more of such laws. Such a challenge, regardless of the outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, business relationships, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act also imposes annual reporting and disclosure requirements on device and drug

manufacturers for “transfers of value” made or distributed to licensed physicians and teaching hospitals. Device and drug
manufacturers are also required to report and disclose annually any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family
members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an
aggregate of $0.15 million per year (and up to an aggregate of $1.0 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments,
transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians. Certain

states, mandate implementation of compliance programs and/or the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other
remuneration to physicians. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems
to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare
company many violate one or more of the requirements.

The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits the offering or giving of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid
beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of items or
services reimbursable by a Federal or state governmental healthcare program. We sometimes offer customers various discounts and
other financial incentives in connection with the sales of our products. While it is our intent to comply with all applicable laws, the
government may find that our marketing activities violate the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. If we are found to be in non-compliance,
we could be subject to civil money penalties of up to $0.01 million for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount
claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the federal or state healthcare programs.

On February 3, 2017, the Department of Justice (DOJ) published a final rule that applies an inflation adjustment to civil
monetary penalty (CMP) amounts, as mandated by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015. The new maximum CMP for False Claims Act
violations is $0.02 million for civil penalties assessed after August 1, 2016 and whose violations occurred after November 2, 2015.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of
healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation
of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including

civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restricting of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines,
curtailment or restructuring or our operations could harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action
against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and
divert our management’s attention from operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable
federal and state fraud laws may prove costly.

Foreign governments tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

As of December 31, 2017, we sold our products in 45 countries outside the United States through a wholly owned subsidiary,

distributors or directly to large “house” accounts. In some foreign countries, particularly in the European Union, the pricing of medical
devices is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable
time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be
required to supply data that compares the cost-effectiveness of our Inogen One and Inogen At Home systems to other available oxygen
therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, it
may not be profitable to sell our products in certain foreign countries, which would negatively affect the long-term growth of our
business.

Our business activities involve the use of hazardous materials, which require compliance with environmental and occupational
safety laws regulating the use of such materials. If we violate these laws, we could be subject to significant fines, liabilities or other
adverse consequences.

Our research and development programs as well as our manufacturing operations involve the controlled use of hazardous
materials. Accordingly, we are subject to international, federal, state and local laws governing the use, handling and disposal of these
materials. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply in all material respects
with the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations of each country in which we conduct business, we cannot completely
eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of an accident or failure to comply with
environmental laws, we could be held liable for resulting damages, and any such liability could exceed our insurance coverage.

Risks related to our intellectual property

If we are unable to secure and maintain patent or other intellectual property protection for the intellectual property used in our
products, we will lose a significant competitive advantage, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on obtaining, defending, and maintaining patent and other intellectual property
protection for the technologies used in our products. The patent positions of medical device companies, including ours, can be highly
uncertain and involve complex and evolving legal and factual questions. Furthermore, we might in the future opt to license intellectual
property from other parties. If we, or the other parties from whom we would license intellectual property, fail to obtain, defend, and
maintain adequate patent or other intellectual property protection for intellectual property used in our products, or if any protection is
reduced or eliminated, others could use the intellectual property used in our products, resulting in harm to our competitive business
position. In addition, patent and other intellectual property protection may not:

(cid:129)

prevent our competitors from duplicating our products;

prevent our competitors from gaining access to our proprietary information and technology

prevent our competitors or other parties from suing us for alleged infringement; or

permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage.

Any of our patents may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable. We cannot provide assurance that we
will be successful should one or more of our patents be challenged for any reason. If our patent claims are rendered invalid or
unenforceable, or narrowed in scope, the patent coverage afforded our products could be impaired, which could make our
products less competitive.

As of December 31, 2017, we have seven pending U.S. patent applications, thirty-one issued U.S. patents and one issued
Canadian patent relating to the design and construction of our oxygen concentrators and our intelligent delivery technology. We
cannot specify which of these patents individually or as a group will permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage. U.S.
patents and patent applications may be subject to interference proceedings, and U.S. patents may be subject to reexamination, inter
partes review, post-grant review, and derivation proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Foreign patents may be subject
to opposition or comparable proceedings in the corresponding foreign patent offices. Any of these proceedings could result in loss of
the patent or denial of the patent application, or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of the patent or patent

application. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws may also diminish the value of our intellectual property
or narrow the scope of our protection. Interference, reexamination, inter partes review, defense, and opposition proceedings may be
costly and time consuming, and we, or the other parties from whom we might potentially license intellectual property, may be
unsuccessful in defending against such proceedings. Thus, any patents that we own or might license may provide limited or no
protection against competitors. In addition, our pending patent applications and those we may file in the future may have claims
narrowed during prosecution or may not result in patents being issued. Even if any of our pending or future applications are issued,
they may not provide us with any competitive advantage or adequate protection from allegations of infringement, whether valid or
frivolous, which may result in the incurrence of material defense costs. Our patents and patent applications are directed to particular
aspects of our products. Other parties may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods
for oxygen therapy. If these developments were to occur, it would likely have an adverse effect on our sales. Our ability to develop
additional patentable technology is also uncertain.

Non-payment or delay in payment of patent fees or annuities, whether intentional or unintentional, may also result in the loss of

patents or patent rights important to our business. Many countries, including certain countries in Europe, have compulsory licensing
laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. In addition, many countries limit the
enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent
owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of the patent. In addition, the laws of some foreign
countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States, particularly in the field of
medical products and procedures.

Our products could infringe or appear to infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may lead to patent and other
intellectual property litigation that could itself be costly, could result in the payment of substantial damages or royalties, prevent us
from using technology that is essential to our products, and/or force us to discontinue selling our products.

The medical device industry in general has been characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings regarding
patent infringement and intellectual property rights. Our competitors hold a significant number of patents relating to oxygen therapy
devices and products. Third parties have asserted and may in the future assert that we are employing their proprietary technology
without authorization. For example, Separation Design Group IP Holdings, LLC (SDGIP) filed a lawsuit against us on
October 23, 2015 in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. SDGIP alleged that we willfully infringe
U.S. Patent Nos. 8,894,751 and 9,199,055, both of which are titled “Ultra Rapid Cycle Portable Oxygen Concentrator.” SDGIP also
alleged misappropriation of trade secrets and breach of contract stemming from a meeting in September 2010. SDGIP sought to
recover damages (including compensatory and treble damages), costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), pre-judgment and post-
judgment interest, and other relief that the Court deem proper. SDGIP also sought a permanent injunction against us. Additionally,
CAIRE, Inc. (CAIRE) filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia against us on September
12, 2016. CAIRE alleged that we infringed U.S. Patent No. 6,949,133, entitled “Portable Oxygen Concentrator.” While we resolved
our dispute with SDGIP in October 2017 and CAIRE in December 2017, if we fail in defending against similar claims brought in the
future we could be subject to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief against us, and we cannot predict the outcome of any
lawsuit. An adverse determination or protracted defense costs of pending lawsuits could have a material effect on our business and
operating results.

From time to time, we have also commenced litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights. For example, we previously
pursued litigation against Inova Labs Inc. (a subsidiary of ResMed Corp.) for infringement of two of our patents seeking damages,
injunctive relief, costs, and attorneys’ fees. While we resolved our dispute with Inova Labs in June 2016, an adverse decision in any
other legal action could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise
negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property
may have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize the risk of this occurring, any such failure to
identify unauthorized use and otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property would adversely affect our business. Moreover, if
we are required to commence litigation, whether as a plaintiff or defendant as has occurred with Inova Labs, SDGIP, and CAIRE, not
only will this be time-consuming, but we will also be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and efforts of our
employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses.

We cannot provide assurance that our products or methods do not infringe or appear to infringe the patents or other intellectual

property rights of third parties and if our business is successful, the possibility may increase that others will assert infringement claims
against us whether valid or frivolous.

Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, defense costs and the outcome of a

patent litigation action are often uncertain. We have not conducted an extensive search of patents issued or assigned to other parties,

including our competitors, and no assurance can be given that patents containing claims covering or appear to cover our products,
parts of our products, technology or methods do not exist, have not been filed or could not be filed or issued. Because of the number of
patents issued and patent applications filed in our technical areas, our competitors or other parties may assert that our products and the
methods we employ in the use of our products are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. In addition, because patent
applications can take many years to issue and because publication schedules for pending applications may vary by jurisdiction and
some companies opt not to publish their patent applications, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware and
which may result in issued patents that our current or future products infringe or appear to infringe. Also, because the claims of
published patent applications can change between publication and patent grant, there may be published patent applications that may
ultimately issue with claims that we infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more of our products or parts may
infringe and of which we are unaware. As the number of competitors in the market for oxygen products and as the number of patents
issued in this area grows, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us increases. In certain situations, we may determine
that it is in our best interests to voluntarily challenge a party’s products or patents in litigation or other proceedings, including patent
reexaminations, or inter partes reviews. As a result, we may become involved in unwanted protracted litigation that could be costly,
result in diversion of management’s attention, require us to pay damages and/or licensing royalties and force us to discontinue selling
our products.

Infringement and other intellectual property claims and proceedings brought against us, whether successful or not, could result

in substantial costs and harm to our reputation. Such claims and proceedings can also distract and divert management and key
personnel from other tasks important to the success of the business. We cannot be certain that we will successfully defend against
allegations of infringement of patents and intellectual property rights of others. In the event that we become subject to a patent
infringement or other intellectual property lawsuit and if the other party’s patents or other intellectual property were upheld as valid
and enforceable and we were found to infringe the other party’s patents or violate the terms of a license to which we are a party, we
could be required to do one or more of the following:

(cid:129)

cease selling or using any of our products that incorporate the asserted intellectual property, which would adversely affect
our revenue;

pay damages for past use of the asserted intellectual property, which may be substantial;

obtain a license from the holder of the asserted intellectual property, which license may not be available on reasonable
royalty terms, if at all, and which could reduce profitability; and

redesign or rename, in the case of trademark claims, our products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of
third parties, which may not be possible and could be costly and time-consuming if it is possible to do so.

If we are unable to prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of trade secrets, unpatented know-how and other proprietary
information, our ability to compete will be harmed.

We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, confidentiality agreements and other contractual provisions
and technical security measures to protect certain aspects of our technology, especially where we do not believe that patent protection
is appropriate or obtainable. We require our employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their
employment or consulting relationships with us. We also require our employees and consultants to disclose and assign to us all
inventions conceived during the term of their employment or engagement while using our property or that relate to our business. We
also require our corporate partners, outside scientific collaborators and sponsored researchers, advisors and others with access to our
confidential information to sign confidentiality agreements. We also have taken precautions to initiate reasonable safeguards to protect
our information technology systems. However, these measures may not be adequate to safeguard our proprietary intellectual property
and conflicts may, nonetheless, arise regarding ownership of inventions. Such conflicts may lead to the loss or impairment of our
intellectual property or to expensive litigation to defend our rights against competitors who may be better funded and have superior
resources. Our employees, consultants, contractors, outside clinical collaborators and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully
disclose our confidential information to competitors. In addition, confidentiality agreements may be unenforceable or may not provide
an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure. Enforcing a claim that a third-party illegally obtained and is using our
trade secrets is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Moreover, our competitors may independently
develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain
aspects of our products that we consider proprietary, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such party.
As a result, other parties may be able to use our proprietary technology or information, and our ability to compete in the market would
be harmed.

and Trademark Office of Inogen, Inc. We own trademark registrations for the mark “Inogen” in Australia, Canada, South Korea,
Mexico, Europe (European Union registration), and Japan. We own a trademark registration for the mark “(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:7)” in Japan. We
own trademark registrations for the mark “Inogen One” in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and Europe (European
Union registration). We own a trademark registration for the mark “Satellite Conserver” in Canada. We own a trademark registration
for the mark “Inogen At Home” in Europe (European Union Registration). We own trademark registrations for the mark “G4” in
Europe (European Union registration) and the United Kingdom. Other service marks, trademarks, and trade names referred to in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that our employees, agents or we have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged
trade secrets of other companies.

Some of our employees and consultants were previously employed at or contracted with other medical device companies
focused on the development of oxygen therapy products, including our competitors. Although no claims against us are currently
pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or agents have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or
other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in
defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Even if we are
successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs, damage to our reputation and be a distraction
to management.

Risks related to being a public company

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote
substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, especially now that we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal,
accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules
enforced by the Public Companies Oversight Board (PCAOB) subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select
Market impose numerous requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and
financial controls and corporate governance practices. Also, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act,
requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our
management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations.
These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, external audit and financial compliance costs
and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and
regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be
required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more
difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive
officers.

Overall, we estimate that our incremental costs resulting from operating as a public company, including compliance with these

rules and regulations, may be between $1.5 million and $3.0 million per year. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to
varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over
time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies and public accounting firms are subject to PCAOB compliance
audits. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to
disclosure and governance practices.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess and document the effectiveness of our internal control

over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular,
Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(a), requires us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our
internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(b), also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to
attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm is
therefore required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, and the cost of our compliance with Section 404(b) is higher. Our compliance
with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant
management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting
requirements.

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the
market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting

could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these
requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an
adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls could cause our investors to lose confidence in us and adversely affect the market
price of our common stock. If our internal controls are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results
or prevent fraud.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, requires that we maintain internal control over financial reporting that

meets applicable standards. We may err in the design, operation or documentation of our controls, and all internal control systems, no
matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.
Because there are inherent limitations in all control systems, there can be no absolute assurance that all control issues have been or
will be detected. If we are unable, or are perceived as unable, to produce reliable financial reports due to internal control deficiencies,
investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and operating results, which could result in a negative market
reaction.

We are required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. Additionally, beginning
with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, our independent registered public accounting firm is
required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level
at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness
in the future. Additionally, to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions,
such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff, which may adversely affect
our operating results and financial condition.

We have reported material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting in the past. For example, as we disclosed

in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014, and our Quarterly Reports on Forms 10-Q for the
periods ended March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, we identified a material weakness with respect to internal
control over the review of sales order documentation supporting our direct-to-customer sales and rentals prior to revenue recognition.
We commenced measures to remediate this material weakness during the first quarter of 2015, and remediation was completed as of
December 31, 2015.

Although prior material weaknesses have been remediated, we cannot assure you that our internal controls will continue to
operate properly or that our financial statements will be free from error. There may be undetected material weaknesses in our internal
control over financial reporting, as a result of which we may not detect financial statement errors on a timely basis. Moreover, in the
future we may implement new offerings and engage in business transactions, such as acquisitions, reorganizations or implementation
of new information systems that could require us to develop and implement new controls and could negatively affect our internal
control over financial reporting and result in material weaknesses.

If we identify new material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the

requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are
effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting, we may be late with the filing of our periodic reports, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy
and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result of such
failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other
regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation, financial
condition or divert financial and management resources from our core business.

Risks related to our common stock

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly, you may have difficulty selling your shares, and you could lose all or
part of your investment.

Our stock is currently traded on NASDAQ, but we can provide no assurance that we will be able to maintain an active trading

market on NASDAQ or any other exchange in the future. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling
any of our shares of common stock that you buy. In addition, the trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could
be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

(cid:129)

actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;

announcements of secondary offerings;

announcements by us or our competitors of new commercial products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or
capital commitments;

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

market conditions in the oxygen therapy market;

reimbursement or legislative changes in the oxygen therapy market;

failure to complete significant sales;

manufacturing disruptions that could occur if we were unable to successfully expand our production in our current or an
alternative facility;

any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

any major change to the composition of our board of directors or management;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section; and

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

The stock market in general and market prices for the securities of technology-based companies like ours in particular, have

from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies.
These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating
performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted
securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against
us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our
operating results.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and
trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about
us and our business. We will not have any control of the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our
stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If
one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock
could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of shares could cause our stock price to decline.

Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock or the perception that these

sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity
securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

As of December 31, 2017, one holder of approximately 3.5 million shares, or approximately 16.9%, of our outstanding shares,
has rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their
shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We have also registered the offer and sale of all
shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into

common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, and employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such
issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us and could limit your
ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including changes of control.

As of December 31, 2017, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding

common stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned or controlled approximately 55.1% of the outstanding shares of our
common stock. Accordingly, these executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding
common stock and their respective affiliates, acting as a group, have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions
requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our
assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may also delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if
such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect
the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be
beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current
management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or

changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include
provisions that:

(cid:129)

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock;

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by
written consent;

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman of the board
of directors, or the Chief Executive Officer;

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our
stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving
staggered three year terms;

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though
less than a quorum;

specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and

require a super-majority of votes to amend certain of the above-mentioned provisions.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by

making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the
members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting
stock to merge or combine with us.

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have paid no cash dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date and currently intend to retain our future earnings

to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, we may become subject to covenants under future debt arrangements
that place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock is expected to be
your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We currently lease approximately 39,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space at our corporate headquarters in Goleta,
California under a lease that expires in October 2020, approximately 31,000 square feet of office space in Richardson, Texas under a
lease that expires in December 2019, approximately 37,000 square feet of manufacturing and repair space in Richardson, Texas under
a lease that expires in January 2022, and approximately 42,000 square feet of office space in Cleveland, Ohio under a lease that
expires in September 2024. In addition, we lease approximately 5,000 square feet of office space in Smyrna, Tennessee; Huntsville,
Alabama; Aurora, Colorado; Middleburg Heights, Ohio and Breukelen in the Netherlands under leases expiring in August 2018, June
2018, November 2020, August 2018, and April 2020, respectively. We also own land and office space in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. We
believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current business requirements and that if additional space is required,
additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, we believe that our properties are in good condition
and are adequate and suitable for their purposes.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Separation Design Group lawsuit

On October 23, 2015, Separation Design Group IP Holdings, LLC (SDGIP) filed a lawsuit against Inogen in the United States

District Court for the Central District of California. On December 7, 2015, SDGIP filed a First Amended Complaint in the SDGIP
Lawsuit.

SDGIP alleged that we willfully infringed U.S. Patent Nos. 8,894,751 (‘751 Patent) and 9,199,055 (‘055 Patent), both of which

are titled “Ultra Rapid Cycle Portable Oxygen Concentrator.” SDGIP also alleged misappropriation of trade secrets and breach of
contract stemming from a meeting in September 2010. We never received any communication from SDGIP related to patent
infringement, misuse of trade secrets, or breach of the mutual non-disclosure agreement prior to SDGIP filing the lawsuit. SDGIP
sought to recover damages (including compensatory and treble damages), costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), pre-judgment
and post-judgment interest, and other relief that the Court deemed proper. SDGIP also sought a permanent injunction against us.

We answered SDGIP’s First Amended Complaint, denying SDGIP’s allegations of patent infringement, trade secret
misappropriation, and breach of contract and asserting several affirmative defenses. We also filed counterclaims against SDGIP
alleging that the patents-in-suit were unenforceable due to inequitable conduct.

On May 19, 2017, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB) of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office granted our inter partes

review (IPR) petition with respect to the ‘751 Patent and instituted review of the validity of the patent claims in the ‘751 Patent
asserted by SDGIP in the lawsuit. On June 16, 2017, the PTAB granted our IPR petition with respect to the ‘055 Patent and instituted
review of the validity of the patent claims in the ‘055 Patent asserted by SDGIP in the lawsuit.

The parties reached a mutually agreeable settlement in October 2017. On October 19, 2017, the Court dismissed the lawsuit

without prejudice. The parties filed a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal of all claims in the lawsuit with prejudice on November 1, 2017.
We recognized a loss of $0.6 million for all alleged past damages relating to the asserted patents and trade secrets during the third
quarter of 2017 classified within general and administrative expense. In addition, we recorded an intangible asset for future rights to

use the patents-in-suit as well as any future patents related to the patents-in-suit of $2.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2017. We paid
$3.0 million on November 3, 2017 finalizing the payment of this settlement. Although we came to a settlement agreement to remove
the risk of uncertain legal and financial obligations going forward, we in no way assumed or admitted any wrong doing.

CAIRE Inc. lawsuit

On September 12, 2016, CAIRE Inc. (CAIRE) filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
Georgia against Inogen. CAIRE alleged we infringed U.S. Patent No. 6,949,133, entitled “Portable Oxygen Concentrator.” CAIRE
alleged willful infringement and sought damages, injunctive relief, pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, costs, and attorneys’
fees.

The parties reached a mutually agreeable settlement in December 2017. The parties filed a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal of all
claims in the lawsuit with prejudice on January 18, 2018. On January 19, 2018 the Court dismissed the lawsuit with prejudice. In the
fourth quarter of 2017, we recognized a loss of $0.1 million for all alleged past damages related to the asserted patent, classified
within general and administrative expense, and we also recorded an intangible asset for future rights to use the patent-in-suit of $0.9
million. We paid $1.0 million on January 17, 2018, finalizing the payment of this settlement. Although we came to a settlement
agreement to remove the risk of uncertain legal and financial obligations going forward, we in no way assumed or admitted any wrong
doing.

Other legal proceedings

In the normal course of business, we are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings or potential legal proceedings,

including matters involving employment, product liability and intellectual property. We carry insurance, subject to specified
deductibles under our policies, to protect against losses from certain types of legal claims. At this time, we do not anticipate that any
of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse
impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market information and holders

Our common stock has been publicly traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “INGN” since
February 14, 2014. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following tables set forth, for the
periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Year ended December 31, 2017
First quarter.......................................................................
Second quarter ..................................................................
Third quarter .....................................................................
Fourth quarter ...................................................................

Year ended December 31, 2016
First quarter.......................................................................
Second quarter ..................................................................
Third quarter .....................................................................
Fourth quarter ...................................................................

High
79.94
97.71
105.35
130.05

High
46.06
51.39
61.87
69.36

$
$
$
$

Low

62.69
74.06
89.01
91.80

Low

28.81
43.16
49.19
50.24

On February 23, 2018, the closing price for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $131.15

per share.

Stock performance graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the

Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into
any filing of ours under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such
filing.

The following graph compares the performance of our common stock for the periods indicated with the performance of the S &

P Healthcare and Supplies Index, the Russell 2000 Index, and the NASDAQ Composite Index from February 14, 2014 to December
31, 2017. This graph assumes an investment of $100 on February 14, 2014 in each of our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite
Index, the S & P Healthcare Equipment and Supplies Index, the Russell 2000 Index and assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any.
The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPH

COMPARISON OF THE YEARS CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN SINCE FEBRUARY 14, 2014

Among Inogen, Inc., the S & P Healthcare Equipment and Supplies Index, the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index

Inogen, Inc. ............................................................. $
S & P Healthcare Equipment & Supplies^(1) ..........
Russell 2000^(2).......................................................
NASDAQ Composite^(3) ........................................

100.00 $
100.00
100.00
100.00

2/14/14

12/31/14

207.06 $
112.14
104.83
111.59

12/31/15

12/31/16

264.62 $
123.35
98.84
117.99

443.37 $
137.64
118.09
126.84

12/31/17
800.79
178.25
133.61
162.66

(1) The S&P Healthcare Equipment and Supplies Index is a capitalization weighted-average index compiled of healthcare companies

in the S&P 500 Index.

(2) The Russell 2000 Index is a small-cap stock market index of the bottom 2,000 stocks in the Russell 3000 Index.
(3) The NASDAQ Composite is a market-value weighted index of all common stocks listed on the NASDAQ.

Stockholders

As of February 23, 2018, there were 16 registered stockholders of record for our common stock. The actual number of
stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are
held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares
may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will
retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, future debt instruments we issue may materially restrict our ability to pay dividends on
our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into
account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of
then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set

forth in PART III Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unregistered sales of equity securities

None.

Issuer purchases of equity securities

We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and should be read in

conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. The selected Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income data for the years ended December 31, 2017,
2016 and 2015 and Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
that may be expected in the future.

(amounts in thousands)

Condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income
Revenue

2017

Years ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

Sales revenue ...................................................................... $ 225,492 $ 168,170 $ 113,625 $
45,380
Rental revenue ....................................................................
159,005
Total revenue ..............................................................

34,659
202,829

23,946
249,438

73,096 $
39,441
112,537

Cost of revenue

Cost of sales revenue ..........................................................
Cost of rental revenue .........................................................
Total cost of revenue ..................................................
Gross profit...............................................................................
Operating expenses

Research and development .................................................
Sales and marketing ............................................................
General and administrative .................................................
Total operating expenses ............................................
Income from operations ...........................................................
Other income (expense), net.....................................................
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes ................
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ........................................
Net income ............................................................................... $

110,163
18,038
128,201
121,237

85,154
20,365
105,519
97,310

61,553
21,194
82,747
76,258

38,693
18,327
57,020
55,517

5,313
50,758
37,576
93,647
27,590
2,066
29,656
8,654
21,002 $

5,113
37,540
31,793
74,446
22,864
(139)
22,725
2,206
20,519 $

4,180
31,369
25,658
61,207
15,051
(324)
14,727
3,142
11,585 $

2,977
24,087
17,942
45,006
10,511
(459)
10,052
3,226
6,826 $

2013

44,905
30,538
75,443

24,306
12,146
36,452
38,991

2,398
18,375
13,754
34,527
4,464
(616)
3,848
(21,587)
25,435

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Reconciliation of net income to net income

attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted (1)

2017

Numerator—basic:

Years ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

2013

Net income ................................................................................................. $
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock ...........
Net income after deemed dividend ............................................................
Less preferred rights dividend....................................................................
Less undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic...............................
Net income attributable to common stockholders - basic .......................... $

Numerator—diluted:

Net income ................................................................................................. $
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock ...........
Net income after deemed dividend ............................................................
Less preferred rights dividend....................................................................
Less undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted ............................
Net income attributable to common stockholders - diluted ....................... $

21,002 $
—
21,002
—
—
21,002 $

20,519 $
—
20,519
—
—
20,519 $

11,585 $
—
11,585
—
—
11,585 $

6,826 $
(987)
5,839
—
(567)
5,272 $

6,826 $
(987)
5,839
—
(514)
5,325 $

Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock ...............................
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock ............................
Net income per share - basic common stock .................................................... $
Net income per share - diluted common stock.................................................. $
Shares excluded from diluted weighted-average

20,683,807
21,897,988

20,067,152
21,095,867

19,398,991
20,708,170

16,182,569
18,037,498

1.02 $
0.96 $

1.02 $
0.97 $

0.60 $
0.56 $

0.33 $
0.30 $

common shares - diluted common stock:

Stock options and other dilutive awards ....................................................

63,313

841,760

744,301

546,142

Shares excluded from diluted weighted-average common shares
- diluted common stock..............................................................................

63,313

841,760

744,301

546,142

25,435
(7,278)
18,157
(7,165)
(10,781)
211

25,435
(7,278)
18,157
(7,165)
(9,625)
1,367

276,535
2,008,156
0.76
0.68

—

(1) See Note 2 to each of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for an explanation of the calculations

of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

(amounts in thousands)
Condensed consolidated balance sheet data
56,836 $
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................ $ 142,953 $
73,808
194,602
Working capital ........................................................................
140,085
275,072
Total assets ...............................................................................
Total indebtedness....................................................................
614
—
4,492
12,935
Deferred revenue ......................................................................
21,935
48,031
Total liabilities..........................................................................
—
—
Redeemable convertible preferred stock ..................................
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........................................... $ 227,041 $ 182,088 $ 134,018 $ 118,150 $

66,106 $
92,831
161,314
315
6,522
27,296
—

92,851 $
138,700
214,049
—
9,281
31,961
—

Years ended December 31,
2015

2017

2016

2014

2013

13,521
14,003
82,397
10,649
2,263
26,098
118,671
(62,372)

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction

with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion
contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those
discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and
those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a medical technology company that primarily develops, manufactures and markets innovative portable oxygen

concentrators used to deliver supplemental long-term oxygen therapy to patients suffering from chronic respiratory conditions.
Traditionally, these patients have relied on stationary oxygen concentrator systems for use in the home and oxygen tanks or cylinders
for mobile use, which we call the delivery model. The tanks and cylinders must be delivered regularly and have a finite amount of
oxygen, which requires patients to plan activities outside of their homes around delivery schedules and a finite oxygen supply.
Additionally, patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to their stationary concentrators simply to enable mobility within their
homes. Our proprietary Inogen One® systems concentrate the air around the patient to offer a single source of supplemental oxygen
anytime, anywhere with a portable device weighing approximately 2.8, 4.8 or 7.0 pounds with a single battery. We believe our Inogen
One systems reduce the patient’s reliance on stationary concentrators and scheduled deliveries of tanks with a finite supply of oxygen,
thereby improving patient quality of life and fostering mobility.

In May 2004, we received 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, for our Inogen One
portable oxygen concentrator. From our launch of the Inogen One in 2004, through 2008, we derived our revenue almost exclusively
from sales to healthcare providers and distributors. In December 2008, we acquired Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC in order to
secure access to the Medicare rental market and began accepting Medicare reimbursement for our oxygen solutions in certain states.
At the time of the acquisition, Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC had an active Medicare billing number but few other assets and
limited business activities. In January 2009, following the acquisition of Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC, we initiated our direct-
to-consumer marketing strategy and began selling Inogen One systems directly to patients and building our Medicare rental business
in the United States. In April 2009, we became a Durable, Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies accredited
Medicare supplier by the Accreditation Commission for Health Care for our Goleta, California facility for Home/Durable Medical
Equipment Services for oxygen equipment and supplies. In addition, in May 2015, we again received notice of accreditation approval
from the Accreditation Commission for Health Care for all six locations in which we conduct business, effective from May 8, 2015
through May 7, 2018. We believe we are the only portable oxygen concentrator manufacturer that employs a direct-to-consumer
marketing strategy in the United States, meaning we advertise directly to patients, process their physician paperwork, provide clinical
support as needed and bill Medicare or insurance on their behalf.

We derive the majority of our revenue from the sale and rental of our Inogen One systems and related accessories to patients,

insurance carriers, home healthcare providers and distributors, including our private label partner. We sell multiple configurations of
our Inogen One and Inogen At Home systems with various batteries, accessories, warranties, power cords and language settings. We
also rent our products to Medicare beneficiaries and patients with other insurance coverage to support their oxygen needs as
prescribed by a physician as part of a care plan. Our goal is to design, build and market oxygen solutions that redefine how oxygen
therapy is delivered. To accomplish this goal and to grow our revenue, we intend to continue to:

(cid:2)

Expand our sales and marketing channels. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we increased our internal sales
representatives to 263 from 177 as of December 31, 2016 in support of our direct-to-consumer domestic sales. Typically,
we expect new sales representatives to take 4 to 6 months to reach full productivity. We are focused on building our
domestic business-to-business partnerships, including relationships with distributors, key accounts, resellers, our private
label partner, and traditional home medical equipment (HME) providers.

Invest in our product offerings to develop innovative products. We expended $5.3 million, $5.1 million and $4.2 million
in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, in research and development expenses, and we intend to continue to make such
investments in the foreseeable future. We launched our upgraded Inogen One G3® product in December 2015, which has
25% increased oxygen output (1,050 ml/minute versus 840 ml/minute previously), is less expensive to manufacture than
our former Inogen One G3 product, and features improvements in sound level (from 42 dBA to 39 dBA). We also
launched our fourth-generation portable oxygen concentrator, the Inogen One G4®, in May 2016. The Inogen One G4
weighs 2.8 pounds, versus 4.8 pounds for our Inogen One G3, and is approximately half the size of the Inogen One G3.
The sound level is 40 dBA at setting 2 and it produces up to 630 ml/minute of oxygen output. We estimate that it is
suitable for more than 85% of supplemental long-term ambulatory oxygen therapy patients who contact us. The Inogen
One G4 system is also less expensive to manufacture than our Inogen One G3 system. We also launched an upgraded
battery option for the Inogen One G3 system to increase battery life by approximately 10% in the fourth quarter of 2016.
We are developing our next-generation portable oxygen concentrator, the Inogen One G5.

(cid:2)

Increase international business-to-business adoption. Although our main growth opportunity remains POC adoption in
the United States given the relatively low penetration rate, we are keenly aware of the large international market
opportunity. In order to take advantage of these international opportunities, we have started to build out an infrastructure
over the last few years, which includes sales in 45 international countries and a new contract manufacturing partner to
support European sales volumes. Further, we are also in the process of developing regulatory and sales pathways to
capture opportunities in emerging markets. Over time, as the U.S. and European markets mature, our growth will depend
on our ability to drive POC adoption in emerging markets, where limited oxygen therapy exists today.

We have been developing and refining the manufacturing of our Inogen One systems since 2004. While nearly all of our
manufacturing and assembly processes were originally outsourced, assembly of the compressors, sieve beds, concentrators and certain
manifolds were brought in-house in order to improve quality control and reduce cost. In support of our European sales, we established
a physical presence in Europe by acquiring our former distributor, MedSupport Systems B.V. (MedSupport) on May 4, 2017 and
began production of our Inogen One G3 concentrators in the fourth quarter of 2017 using a contract manufacturer, Foxconn, located in
the Czech Republic to improve our ability to service our European customers. Our contract manufacturer is expected to ramp capacity
in 2018 to produce the mass majority of the Inogen One G3 concentrators required to support our European demand. We expect to
maintain our assembly operations for our Inogen One concentrators and Inogen At Home concentrators at our facility in Richardson,
Texas and will continue to assemble compressors and sieve bed columns at our facility in Goleta, California. We expect this will allow
us to expand our manufacturing capacity and redirect our U.S. manufacturing activities to focus on growth in the U.S. and on our
latest product, the Inogen One G4.

We also use lean manufacturing practices to maximize manufacturing efficiency. We rely on third-party manufacturers to

supply several components of our Inogen One and Inogen At Home systems. We typically enter into supply agreements for these
components that specify quantity and quality requirements and delivery terms. In certain cases, these agreements can be terminated by
either party upon relatively short notice. We have elected to source certain key components from single sources of supply, including
our batteries, motors, valves, and some molded plastic components. We believe that maintaining a single source of supply allows us to
control production costs and inventory levels and to manage component quality. However, any reduction or halt in supply from one of
these single-source suppliers could limit our ability to manufacture our products or devices until a replacement supplier is found and
qualified.

Historically, we have generated a majority of our revenue from sales and rentals to customers in the United States. In 2017,

2016 and 2015, approximately 22.3%, 24.7% and 22.2%, respectively, of our total revenue was from sales to customers outside the
United States, primarily in Europe. Approximately 73.5%, 70.6% and 53.6% of the non-U.S. revenue for 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively, was invoiced in Euros with the remainder invoiced in United States dollars. As of December 31, 2017, we sold our
products in 45 countries outside the United States through distributors or directly to large “house” accounts, which include gas
companies, HME oxygen providers, and resellers. In those instances, we sell to and bill the distributor or “house” accounts directly,
leaving responsibility for the patient billing, support and clinical setup to the local provider.

Our total revenue was $249.4 million and $202.8 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase was primarily due to
growth in sales revenue associated with the increases in business-to-business sales and direct-to-consumer sales of our Inogen One
systems, and partially offset by a decline in rental revenue primarily associated with decreased reimbursement rates and a focus on
sales instead of rentals. Our total revenue was $202.8 and $159.0 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase was primarily
due to growth in sales revenue associated with the increases in business-to-business sales and direct-to-consumer sales of our Inogen
One and Inogen At Home systems, and partially offset by a decline in rental revenue primarily associated with decreased
reimbursement rates, an increase in provision for rental revenue adjustments, and a focus on cash sales instead of rentals. We
generated net income of $21.0 million, $20.5 million and $11.6 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We generated Adjusted
EBITDA of $50.8 million, $43.4 million and $32.3 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively (see “Non-GAAP financial
measures” for reconciliations between U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP results). As of December 31, 2017, our retained earnings were $8.6
million.

Sales revenue

Our future financial performance will be driven in part by the growth in sales of our Inogen One systems, and, to a lesser extent,

sales of batteries, other accessories, and sales of our Inogen At Home stationary oxygen concentrators. We plan to grow our system
sales in the coming years through multiple strategies, including: expanding our direct-to-consumer sales efforts through hiring
additional sales representatives, investing in consumer awareness through increased marketing efforts, expanding our sales
infrastructure and efforts outside of the United States, expanding our business-to-business sales through key partnerships, and
enhancing our product offerings through additional product launches. As our product offerings grow, we solicit feedback from our
customers and focus our research and development efforts on continuing to improve patient preference and reduce the total cost of the
product in order to further drive sales of our products.

Our direct-to-consumer sales process involves numerous interactions with the individual patient, the physician and the
physician’s staff, and includes an in-depth analysis and review of our product, the patient’s diagnosis and prescribed oxygen therapy,
including procuring an oxygen prescription. The patient may consider whether to finance the product through an Inogen-approved
third-party or purchase the equipment. Product is not deployed until both the prescription and payment are received. Once product is
deployed, the patient has 30 calendar days to return the product, subject to the payment of a minimal processing and handling fee.
Approximately 7-14% of consumers who purchase a system return the system during this 30-day return period.

Our business-to-business efforts are focused on selling to distributors, HME oxygen providers, our private label partner and

resellers, who are based inside and outside of the United States. This process involves interactions with various key customer
stakeholders, including sales, purchasing, product testing, and clinical personnel. Businesses that have patient demand that can be met
with our oxygen concentrator systems place purchase orders to secure product deployment. This may be influenced based on outside
factors, including the result of tender offerings, changes in insurance plan coverage, and overall changes in the net oxygen therapy
patient population. Products are shipped freight on board (FOB) Inogen dock domestically, and based on financial history and profile,
businesses may either prepay or receive extended payment terms. Products are shipped both FOB Inogen dock and Delivery Duty Paid
(DDP) for certain international shipments depending on the shipper used. DDP shipments are Inogen’s property until title has changed
which is upon duty being paid and delivered to the customer. As a result of these factors, product purchases can be subject to changes
in demand by customers.

We sold approximately 128,000 systems in 2017, 92,000 systems in 2016 and 56,600 systems in 2015. Management focuses on

system sales as an indicator of current business success.

Rental revenue

Our direct-to-consumer rental process involves numerous interactions with the individual patient, the physician and the
physician’s staff. The process includes an in-depth analysis and review of our product, the patient’s diagnosis and prescribed oxygen
therapy, and their medical history to confirm the appropriateness of our product for the patient’s oxygen therapy and compliance with
Medicare and private payor billing requirements, which often necessitates additional physician evaluation and/or testing as well as a
Certificate of Medical Necessity. Once the product is deployed, the patient receives direction on product use and receives a clinical
titration from our licensed staff to confirm the product meets the patient’s medical oxygen needs prior to billing. As a result, the time
from initial contact with a patient to billing can vary significantly and be up to one month or longer.

We expect rental revenue to be flat in 2018 compared to 2017 (which we define as plus or minus 5%) due to continued focus on

sales versus rentals. We plan to add new rental patients on service in future periods through multiple strategies, including expanding
our direct-to-consumer marketing efforts through hiring additional sales representatives, investing in patient and physician awareness,
and securing additional insurance contracts. However, patients may come off our services due to death, a change in their condition, a
change in location, a change in healthcare provider or other factors. In each case, we maintain asset ownership and can redeploy assets
as appropriate following such events. Given the length and uncertainty of our patient acquisition cycle and potential returns we have
experienced in the past, and likely will experience in the future, fluctuations in our net new patient setups will occur on a period-to-
period basis and we may experience negative net patient additions in future periods. At this time, we do not plan to offer our Inogen
One G4 system to rental patients but will continue to use the Inogen One G3 system as the primary ambulatory solution deployed in
our rental fleet.

A portion of rentals include a capped rental period during which no additional reimbursement is allowed unless additional
criteria are met. In this scenario, the ratio of billable patients to total patients on service is critical to maintaining rental revenue growth
as patients on service increases. Medicare has noted a certain percentage of beneficiaries, approximately 25%, based on their review of
Medicare claims, reach the 36th month of eligible reimbursement and enter the capped rental period. Our capped patients as a
percentage of total patients on service was approximately 17.0%, 17.1% and 14.1% as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively. The percentage of capped patients may fluctuate over time as new patients come on service, patients come off of service
before and during the capped rental period, and existing patients enter the capped rental period.

We had approximately 30,700, 33,300 and 32,800 oxygen rental patients as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
Management focuses on patients on service as a leading indicator of likely future rental revenue; however, actual rental revenue
recognized is subject to a variety of other factors, including reimbursement levels by payor, patient location, the number of capped
patients, write-offs for uncollectable balances, and adjustments for patients in transition.

Reimbursement

We rely heavily on reimbursement from CMS, and secondarily, from private payors, Medicaid and patients, for our rental
revenue. A discussion of third-party reimbursement is contained in Item 1, Third-party reimbursement in this Annual Report on Form
10-K.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 73.0%, 72.6% and 73.7%, respectively, of our rental

revenue was derived from Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. The U.S. list price for our stationary oxygen rentals (HCPCS
E1390) is $260 per month and the U.S. list price for our oxygen generating portable equipment (OGPE) rentals (HCPCS E1392) is
$70 per month. Effective January 1, 2016, the current standard Medicare allowable varies by state instead of the one national standard
allowable as in previous years. Effective January 1, 2016, the Medicare allowable for stationary oxygen rentals (E1390) ranges from
$135.14 to $145.61 per month and the OGPE rentals (E1392) ranges from $46.69 to $49.52 per month. Effective January 1, 2017, the
Medicare allowable for stationary oxygen rentals (E1390) ranges from $66.53 to $77.16 per month and the OGPE rentals (E1392)
ranges from $36.14 to $41.91 per month. These are the two primary codes that we bill to Medicare and other payors for our oxygen
product rentals.

Basis of presentation

The following describes the line items set forth in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Revenue

We classify our revenue in two main categories: sales revenue and rental revenue. There will be fluctuations in mix between

business-to-business sales, direct-to-consumer sales and rentals from period-to-period. Inogen One and Inogen At Home system
selling prices and gross margins may fluctuate as we introduce new products, reduce our product costs, have changes in purchase
volumes, and as currency variations occur. For example, the gross margin for our Inogen One G3 system is higher than our
Inogen One G2® system due to lower manufacturing costs and similar average selling prices. Thus, to the extent our sales of our
Inogen One G3 systems are higher than sales of our Inogen One G2 systems, our overall gross margins should improve and,
conversely, to the extent our sales of our Inogen One G2 systems are higher than sales of our Inogen One G3 systems, our overall
gross margins should decline. Similarly, the gross margin for our Inogen One G4 system is higher than our Inogen One G3 system due
to lower manufacturing costs and similar average selling prices. Quarter-over-quarter results may vary due to seasonality in both the
international and domestic markets (as discussed in Item 1. Seasonality and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Sales revenue

Our sales revenue is primarily derived from the sale of our Inogen One systems, Inogen At Home systems, and related
accessories to individual consumers, HME providers, distributors, our private label partner and resellers worldwide. Sales revenue is
classified into two areas: business-to-business sales and direct-to-consumer sales. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and
2015, business-to-business sales as a percentage of total sales revenue were 61.6%, 63.5% and 61.4%, respectively. Generally, our
direct-to-consumer sales have higher gross margins than our business-to-business sales.

We offer a lifetime warranty for direct-to-consumer sales. For a fixed price, we agree to provide a fully functional oxygen
concentrator for the remaining life of the patient. Lifetime warranties are only offered to patients upon the initial sale of our portable
oxygen concentrators by us and are non-transferable. Product sales with lifetime warranties are considered to be multiple element
arrangements within the scope of the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 605-25—Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element
Arrangements.

There are two deliverables when a product that includes a lifetime warranty is sold. The first deliverable is the oxygen
concentrator equipment which comes with a standard warranty of three years. The second deliverable is the lifetime warranty that
provides for a functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining life of the patient. These two deliverables qualify as separate units of
accounting.

The revenue is allocated to the two deliverables on a relative selling price method. We have vendor-specific objective evidence
of selling price for the equipment including the standard warranty. To determine the selling price of the lifetime warranty, we use our
best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable as the lifetime warranty is neither separately priced nor is selling price available
through third-party evidence. To calculate the selling price associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit
margins of the overall business, the average estimated cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties. A significant
estimate used to calculate the price and expense of lifetime warranties is the life expectancy of patients on oxygen therapy. Based on
clinical studies, we estimate that 60% of patients will succumb to their disease within three years. Given the approximate mortality

rate of 20% per year, we estimate on average all patients will succumb to their disease within five years. We have taken into
consideration that when patients decide to buy an Inogen portable oxygen concentrator with a lifetime warranty, they typically have
already been on oxygen for a period of time, which can have a large impact on their life expectancy from the time our product is
deployed.

After applying the relative selling price method, revenue from equipment sales is recognized when all other revenue recognition

criteria for product sales are met. Lifetime warranty revenue is deferred for the first three years and is recognized using the straight-
line method during the fourth and fifth year after the delivery of the equipment which is the estimated usage period of the contract
based on the average patient life expectancy.

Freight revenue is included in sales revenue and consists of fees associated with the deployment of products internationally or

domestically when expedited freight options are requested or when minimum order quantities are not met. Freight revenue is a
percentage markup of freight costs.

Rental revenue

Our rental revenue is primarily derived from the rental of our Inogen One and Inogen At Home systems to patients through
reimbursement from Medicare, private payors and Medicaid, which typically also includes a patient responsibility component for
patient co-insurance and deductibles. We expect our rental revenue to be relatively flat in 2018 as we plan to continue to focus on
sales instead of rentals. The only known changes to Medicare reimbursement rates in 2018 are a roughly 1.2% decline in monthly
stationary rates in non-competitive bidding areas due to the fee schedule adjustment. We also expect that our rental revenue will be
impacted by the number of sales representatives, the level of and response from potential customers to direct-to-consumer marketing
spend, product launches, and other uncontrollable factors such as changes in the market and competition. At this time, we do not plan
to offer our Inogen One G4 system to rental patients but will continue to use the Inogen One G3 system as the primary ambulatory
solution deployed in our rental fleet.

We recognize equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated adjustments, in

accordance with ASC 840 — Leases. We have a separate contract with each patient that is not subject to a master lease agreement
with any payor. The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and is recorded at amounts estimated to be received
under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of
the industry and the reimbursement environment in which we operate, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and
accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as
additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of
reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such
adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. Amounts billed but
not earned due to the timing of the billing cycle are deferred and recognized in revenue on a straight-line basis over the monthly
billing period. For example, if the first day of the billing period does not fall on the first of the month, then a portion of the monthly
billing period will fall in the subsequent month and the related revenue and cost would be deferred based on the service days in the
following month. Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts for which the revenue recognition criteria had been met as of
period-end but were not billed. The estimate of unbilled rental revenue accrual is reported net of adjustments that are based on
historical trends and estimates of future collectability.

Cost of revenue

Cost of sales revenue

Cost of sales revenue consists primarily of costs incurred in the production process, including costs of component materials,

assembly labor and overhead, warranty, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory, rework and delivery costs for items sold.
Labor and overhead expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including wages, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based
compensation for manufacturing, logistics, repair and quality assurance employees, and temporary labor. They also include
manufacturing freight in, depreciation expense, facilities costs and materials. We provide a 3-year, 5-year or lifetime warranty on
Inogen One systems sold and a 3-year warranty on Inogen At Home systems sold. We established a reserve for the cost of future
warranty repairs based on historical warranty repair costs incurred as well as historical failure rates. Provisions for warranty
obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue, are provided for at the time of revenue recognition.

We expect the average unit costs of our Inogen One and Inogen At Home systems to continue to decline in future periods as a
result of our ongoing efforts to develop lower-cost systems, negotiate with our suppliers, improve our manufacturing processes, and
increase production volume and yields. We expect sales gross margin percentage to fluctuate over time based on the sales channel
mix, product mix, and changes in average selling prices and cost per unit.

Cost of rental revenue

Cost of rental revenue consists primarily of depreciation expense and service costs for rental patients, including rework costs,

material, labor, freight, consumable disposables and logistics costs.

We expect rental gross margin percentage to increase in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to lower cost of rental revenue

per patient on service, lower rental adjustment rates, and minimal reimbursement reductions. We expect the average cost of rental
revenue per patient to decline in future periods as a result of our ongoing efforts to reduce average unit costs of our systems, including
reductions in depreciation, service costs, and logistics costs.

Operating expense

Research and development

Our research and development expense consists primarily of personnel-related expenses, including wages, bonuses, benefits and

stock-based compensation for research and development and engineering employees, allocated facility costs, laboratory supplies,
product development materials, consulting fees and related costs, and testing costs for new product launches and enhancements to
existing products. We have made substantial investments in research and development since our inception. Our research and
development efforts have focused primarily on the tasks required to enhance our technologies and to support development and
commercialization of new and existing products. We plan to continue to invest in research and development activities to stay at the
forefront of patient preference in oxygen therapy devices. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars
in future periods as we continue to invest in our engineering and technology teams to support our new and enhanced product research
and development efforts and manufacturing line support.

Sales and marketing

Our sales and marketing expense primarily supports our direct-to-consumer strategy and consists mainly of personnel-related

expenses, including wages, bonuses, commissions, benefits, and stock-based compensation for sales, marketing, customer service and
clinical service employees. It also includes expenses for media and advertising, printing, informational kits, dues and fees, including
credit card fees, sales promotional and marketing activities, travel and entertainment expenses as well as allocated facilities costs.
Sales and marketing expense increased throughout 2016 and 2017, primarily due to an increase in the sales force and marketing
expenses, and we expect a further increase in 2018 as we continue to invest in our business, including expanding our sales and sales
support team, increasing media spend to drive consumer awareness, and increasing patient support costs as our patient and consumer
base increases. In addition, we implemented a new CRM system in the second quarter of 2017 which has increased our sales and
marketing costs, but we believe will help improve sales and customer service productivity. We also opened a new facility in the
Cleveland, Ohio area in the third quarter of 2017. In that facility, we are planning on adding additional headcount of approximately
240 people over the next three years primarily in sales and customer service, which is expected to increase our sales and marketing
costs. However, we are expecting to receive certain offsetting business development incentives of up to $1.9 million based on our
forecasted headcount additions and facility tenant improvement costs. We also have established a physical presence in Europe by
acquiring our former distributor, MedSupport on May 4, 2017. This acquisition is expected to increase sales and marketing costs but
is also expected to improve customer service and repair services in the European markets.

General and administrative

Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel-related expenses, including wages, bonuses, benefits,

and stock-based compensation for employees in our compliance, finance, medical billing, human resources, and information
technology departments as well as facilities costs, bad debt expense, and board of directors’ expenses, including stock-based
compensation. In addition, general and administrative expense includes professional services, such as legal, patent registration and
defense costs, insurance, consulting and accounting services, including audit and tax services, and travel and entertainment expenses.

We expect general and administrative expense to increase in future periods as the number of administrative personnel grows and

we continue to introduce new products, broaden our customer base and grow our business. We expect general and administrative
expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in corporate infrastructure to support our growth including personnel-
related expenses, professional services fees and compliance costs associated with operating as a public company. Those costs include
increases in our accounting, human resources, IT personnel, additional consulting, legal and accounting fees, insurance costs, board
members’ compensation and the costs of maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Other income (expense), net

Our other income (expense), net consists primarily of foreign currency gains and (losses), and interest income driven by the

interest earned on cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740—Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized for

the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current period and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the future tax
consequences of transactions that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance
is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

We account for uncertainties in income tax in accordance with ASC 740-10—Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC
740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This accounting standard also provides guidance on derecognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Result of operations

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

Revenue

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Sales revenue ................................................ $
Rental revenue ..............................................
Total revenue ................................................ $

2017

2016

225,492 $
23,946
249,438 $

168,170 $
34,659
202,829 $

$
57,322
(10,713)
46,609

34.1%
-30.9%
23.0%

90.4%
9.6%
100.0%

82.9%
17.1%
100.0%

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

Sales revenue increased $57.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended December 31, 2016, or an

increase of 34.1% over the comparable period. The increase was primarily attributable to a 36,000-unit increase in the number of
oxygen systems sold. We sold approximately 128,000 oxygen systems during the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to
approximately 92,000 oxygen systems sold during the year ended December 31, 2016, or an increase of 39.1%. The increase in the
number of systems sold resulted mainly from an increase in worldwide business-to-business sales, primarily due to traditional HME
purchases and continued strong private label demand, and an increase in direct-to-consumer sales in the United States, mainly due to
an increase in sales representatives and an increase in productivity, as well as increased sales and marketing efforts.

Rental revenue decreased $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended December 31, 2016, or a
decrease of 30.9% from the comparable period. The decrease in rental revenue was primarily related to the decline in rental patients
on service, reduction in Medicare reimbursement rates that took effect in the first quarter of 2017 and declines in private-payor rates
which decreased reimbursements in response to lower Medicare rates.

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

(amounts in thousands)
Revenue by region and category
Business-to-business domestic sales............. $
Business-to-business international sales.......
Direct-to-consumer domestic sales...............
Direct-to-consumer domestic rentals............
Total revenue ................................................ $

83,390 $
55,519
86,583
23,946
249,438 $

56,605 $
50,106
61,459
34,659
202,829 $

$
26,785
5,413
25,124
(10,713)
46,609

47.3%
10.8%
40.9%
-30.9%
23.0%

33.4%
22.3%
34.7%
9.6%
100.0%

27.9%
24.7%
30.3%
17.1%
100.0%

Domestic sales in business-to-business and direct-to-consumer increased 47.3% and 40.9%, respectively, for the year ended

December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in domestic business-to-business sales was
primarily the result of increased demand from our traditional HME providers and private label partner and increased consumer
demand for our products due to our marketing efforts as well as the marketing efforts of our business partners. The increase in direct-
to-consumer sales was primarily due to the hiring of additional internal sales representatives, increased productivity, increased
marketing expenditures, our expansion of marketing strategies, and our continued focus on direct-to-consumer sales with more
selective new rental patient set-ups.

Business-to-business international sales increased 10.8% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended

December 31, 2016, primarily due to increases in sales to our partners worldwide. As of December 31, 2017, we sold our products in
45 countries outside of the United States, and we plan to continue to expand our presence in other countries as the opportunities

present themselves. Of our international sales revenue in the year ended December 31, 2017, 84.7% was sold in Europe versus 89.4%
in the comparative period in 2016. We also acquired our former distributor, MedSupport, in the second quarter of 2017, which
contributed to increased international sales revenue in 2017.

Cost of revenue and gross profit

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Cost of sales revenue .................................... $
Cost of rental revenue...................................
Total cost of revenue .................................... $

2017
110,163
18,038
128,201

Gross profit - sales revenue .......................... $
Gross profit - rental revenue .........................
Total gross profit........................................... $

115,329
5,908
121,237

2016

85,154
20,365
105,519

83,016
14,294
97,310

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

$
25,009
(2,327)
22,682

29.4%
-11.4%
21.5%

44.2%
7.2%
51.4%

32,313
(8,386)
23,927

38.9%
-58.7%
24.6%

46.2%
2.4%
48.6%

42.0%
10.0%
52.0%

40.9%
7.1%
48.0%

Gross margin percentage - sales revenue......
Gross margin percentage- rental revenue .....
Total gross margin percentage......................

51.1%
24.7%
48.6%

49.4%
41.2%
48.0%

We manufacture our subassemblies and/or products in our Goleta, California and Richardson, Texas facilities. We also began
production of our Inogen One G3 concentrators in the fourth quarter of 2017 using a contract manufacturer, Foxconn, located in the
Czech Republic to improve our ability to service our European customers. Our manufacturing process includes final assembly, testing,
and packaging to quality and customer specifications. Cost of sales revenue increased $25.0 million for the year ended December 31,
2017 from the year ended December 31, 2016, or an increase of 29.4% over the comparable period. The increase in cost of sales
revenue was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, partially offset by reduced bill of material costs for
our products associated with design changes, better sourcing and price discounts resulting from increased volumes. We expect cost of
sales revenue as a percentage of sales revenue in future periods to fluctuate based on customer mix, product mix, and changes in sales
prices and cost per unit.

Cost of rental revenue decreased $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended December 31, 2016, or

a decrease of 11.4% from the comparable period. The decrease in cost of rental revenue was primarily attributable to a decrease in
patients on service and rental asset depreciation expense. Cost of rental revenue included $9.8 million of rental asset depreciation for
the year ended December 31, 2017 and $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Gross margin percentage is defined as revenue less costs of revenue divided by revenue. Sales revenue gross margin percentage

increased to 51.1% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 49.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in sales
gross margin percentage was primarily related to an increase in sales mix toward higher margin domestic direct-to-consumer sales and
lower cost per unit, partially offset by a reduction in domestic business-to-business average selling prices as a strategy to increase
volumes in this channel. Total worldwide business-to-business sales revenue accounted for 61.6% of total sales revenue in 2017
versus 63.5% in 2016. We expect sales gross margin to fluctuate over time based on changes in the sales channel mix, product mix,
and average selling prices and cost per unit.

Rental revenue gross margin percentage decreased to 24.7% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 41.2% for the year
ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to lower net revenue per rental patient resulting from the reimbursement reductions, the $2.0
million benefit from the Cures Act in 2016 and lower billable rental patients on service in 2017, partially offset by lower cost of rental
revenue associated primarily with lower depreciation costs.

Research and development expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Research and development expense ............. $

2017

2016

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

5,313 $

5,113 $

200

3.9%

2.1%

2.5%

Research and development expense increased $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended
December 31, 2016, or an increase of 3.9% over the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.2 million increase in
personnel-related expenses and product development expenses for engineering projects.

Sales and marketing expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Sales and marketing expense ........................ $

2017

2016

50,758 $

37,540 $

$
13,218

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

35.2%

20.3%

18.5%

Sales and marketing expense increased $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended December 31,
2016, or an increase of 35.2% over the comparable year. The increase was primarily attributable to increases of $6.3 million in media
spending to supply leads for the increased number of sales force headcount hired, $5.5 million of sales and marketing personnel-
related expenses as a result of the increased headcount (which included $3.3 million of wages, benefits and payroll tax expense, $1.7
million of commissions expense and $0.4 million in stock compensation expense), $0.5 million for dues, fees and license costs, $0.4
million in credit card processing fees, $0.3 million of clinical outside services and $0.2 million in other professional fees. These
increases were partially offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in giveaways/incentives. In the year ended December 31, 2017, we spent
$12.5 million in media and advertising costs versus $6.2 million in the comparative period in 2016.

General and administrative expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
General and administrative expense ............. $

2017

2016

37,576 $

31,793 $

$
5,783

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

18.2%

15.1%

15.7%

General and administrative expense increased $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended
December 31, 2016, or an increase of 18.2% over the comparable year. The increase was primarily attributable to $1.5 million of
higher patent defense costs, $1.1 million of increased personnel-related expenses (which included $1.5 million of stock compensation
expense and $0.2 million of wages, benefits and payroll tax expense, partially offset by a decrease of $0.6 million of bonus expense),
$0.7 million of patent litigation settlement expense, $0.4 million of increased amortization expense, $0.4 million for dues, fees, and
licensing costs, $0.4 million in audit and tax fees, $0.3 million of bad debt expense, $0.3 million in legal fees, $0.2 million in
additional public company costs, and $0.2 million of decreased net proceeds from sale of assets.

Bad debt expense, expressed as a percentage of total revenue, was 1.5% and 1.8% in the years ended December 31, 2017 and
2016, respectively. In 2017, we spent $3.3 million on patent defense costs compared to $1.8 million in 2016. We also incurred $0.4
million in expenses, primarily in legal costs, associated with the MedSupport acquisition in 2017.

Other income (expense), net

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Interest expense ............................................ $
Interest income..............................................
Other income (expense)................................

Total other income (expense), net ........... $

2017

2016

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

— $
765
1,301
2,066 $

(6) $

196
(329)
(139) $

6
569
1,630
2,205

-100.0%
290.3%
-495.4%
-1586.3%

2017
—
0.3%
0.5%
0.8%

2016
—
0.1%
-0.2%
-0.1%

Total other income (expense), net, increased $2.2 million to total other income of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31,

2017 from a total other expense of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to the $1.6
million increase in other income related to foreign currency gains arising from increased transactions in Euros at a higher Euro
exchange rate to the U.S. dollar as well as the $0.6 million increase in interest income on cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Income tax expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Income tax expense....................................... $
Effective income tax rate ..............................

2017

2016

8,654
$
29.2%

2,206

$
9.7%

$
6,448

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

292.3%

3.5%

1.1%

Income tax expense increased $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the year ended December 31, 2016, or
an increase of 292.3% from the comparative period. The increase was primarily due to the non-cash income tax provision expense of
$7.6 million related to the impact of changes in the tax rate associated with the TCJA, primarily on remeasurement of our U.S.
noncurrent deferred tax assets, as well as the 30.5% increase in income before provision for income taxes.

Our effective tax rate in 2017 increased compared to 2016, mostly due to the TCJA, partially offset by an increase in the tax rate

benefit from stock-based compensation compared to 2016. In 2017, excess tax benefits recognized from stock-based compensation
decreased our income tax expense by $9.9 million and our effective tax rate by 33.5%, as compared to the tax rate without such
benefits. For comparison, in 2016, excess tax benefits recognized from stock-based compensation decreased our income tax expense
by $6.0 million and our effective tax rate by 26.6%, as compared to the tax rate without such benefits.

The accounting for stock-based compensation will increase or decrease our effective tax rate based upon the difference between
our stock-based compensation expense and the deductions taken on our U.S. tax return, which depends upon the stock price at the time
of employee option exercise or award vesting. We recognize excess tax benefits on a discrete basis and we anticipate our effective tax
rate will vary from year-to-year depending on our stock price in each period.

Net income

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Net income.................................................... $

2017

2016

Change 2017 vs. 2016
%

% of Revenue

2017

2016

21,002 $

20,519 $

483

2.4%

8.4%

10.1%

Net income increased $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The

increase in net income was primarily related to the increase in revenues of 23.0% and improved gross margin, partially offset by the
net charge of $7.6 million related to the TCJA.

Seasonality

We believe our sales may be impacted by seasonal factors. For example, we typically experience higher total sales in the second
and third quarter, as a result of consumers traveling and vacationing during warmer weather in the spring and summer months, but this
may vary year-over-year. In particular, we have previously seen lower international revenue in the third quarter due to reduced
economic activity in Europe in the summer months, but this trend did not continue in 2017. As more HME providers adopt portable
oxygen concentrators in their businesses, we expect that this could change our historical seasonality in the domestic business-to-
business channel as well, which was previously influenced mainly by consumer buying patterns. Direct-to-consumer sales seasonality
may also be impacted by the number of sales representatives and the amount of marketing spend in each quarter.

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for each of the
eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2017. We have prepared the quarterly statements of income data on a basis consistent
with the audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in Part II, Item 8, "Consolidated Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The results of historical periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results of operations for any future period.

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Quarterly Results 2017
Total revenue ................................................................... $
Gross profit......................................................................
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes .......
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ...............................
Net income (loss).............................................................
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders:

Basic........................................................................... $
Diluted........................................................................ $

Weighted-average number of shares used in

calculating net income (loss) per share attributable
to common stockholders:

Q1 March

Q2 June

Q3 September

52,500 $
25,744
5,879
(53)
5,932

64,121 $
31,567
9,166
828
8,338

69,030 $
33,170
8,817
1,479
7,338

Q4 December
63,787
30,756
5,794
6,400
(606)

0.29 $
0.27 $

0.40 $
0.38 $

0.35 $
0.33 $

(0.03)
(0.03)

Basic common shares.................................................
Diluted common shares..............................................

20,489,532
21,579,721

20,622,320
21,848,359

20,753,789
21,998,660

20,869,589
22,167,358

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Quarterly Results 2016
Total revenue ................................................................... $
Gross profit......................................................................
Income before provision for income taxes ......................
Provision for income taxes ..............................................
Net income.......................................................................
Net income per share attributable to
common stockholders:

Basic........................................................................... $
Diluted........................................................................ $

Weighted-average number of shares used in

calculating net income per share attributable
to common stockholders:

Q1 March

Q2 June

Q3 September

42,989 $
21,279
3,400
879
2,521

54,567 $
26,215
8,042
550
7,492

54,422 $
25,128
5,449
203
5,246

Q4 December
50,851
24,688
5,834
574
5,260

0.13 $
0.12 $

0.38 $
0.36 $

0.26 $
0.25 $

0.26
0.25

Basic common shares.................................................
Diluted common shares..............................................

19,827,669
20,840,367

19,972,395
20,997,429

20,157,688
21,182,587

20,310,857
21,362,513

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Revenue

Years ended December 31,

2016

2015

168,170 $
34,659
202,829 $

113,625 $
45,380
159,005 $

$
54,545
(10,721)
43,824

48.0%
-23.6%
27.6%

82.9%
17.1%
100.0%

71.5%
28.5%
100.0%

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

Sales revenue increased $54.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31, 2015, or an
increase of 48.0% over the comparable year. The increase was primarily attributable to a 35,400-unit increase in the number of oxygen
systems sold. We sold 92,000 oxygen systems during the year ended December 31, 2016, or an increase of 62.5% over the comparable
year. The increase in the number of systems sold resulted mainly from an increase in worldwide business-to-business sales primarily
due to traditional HME purchases and continued strong private label demand, as well as an increase in direct-to-consumer sales in the
United States primarily due to increased sales and marketing efforts.

Rental revenue decreased $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31, 2015, or a

decrease of 23.6% from the comparable year. The decrease in rental revenue was primarily related to the declines in Medicare
reimbursement rates that took effect in the first and third quarters of 2016, declines in private-payor rates which decreased
reimbursements in response to lower Medicare rates, a continued focus on sales versus rentals, and an increase in provision for rental
revenue adjustments, partially offset by certain Medicare reimbursement rates effective in the fourth quarter of 2016 which
contributed an incremental benefit of $2.0 million of rental revenue.

Years ended December 31,

2016

2015

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

56,605 $
50,106
61,459
34,659
202,829 $

34,440 $
35,345
43,840
45,380
159,005 $

$
22,165
14,761
17,619
(10,721)
43,824

64.4%
41.8%
40.2%
-23.6%
27.6%

27.9%
24.7%
30.3%
17.1%
100.0%

21.7%
22.2%
27.6%
28.5%
100.0%

Domestic sales in both business-to-business and direct-to-consumer increased 64.4% and 40.2%, respectively, for the year
ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in domestic business-to-business sales was
primarily the result of increased demand from our traditional HME providers and private label partner, as well as increased consumer
demand for our products due to our marketing efforts and marketing efforts of our business partners. The increase in direct-to-
consumer sales was primarily due to the hiring of additional internal sales representatives, our expansion of marketing strategies, and
our continued focus on direct-to-consumer sales with more selective new rental patient set-ups.

Business-to-business international sales increased 41.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2015, primarily due to success with our large partners in Europe and the addition of a new customer in South Korea. As
of December 31, 2016, we sold our products in 45 countries outside of the United States, and we plan to continue to expand our
presence in other countries as the opportunities present themselves. Of our international sales revenue in the year ended December 31,
2016, 89.4% was sold in Europe versus 89.5% in the comparative period in 2015.

Cost of revenue and gross profit

Years ended December 31,

2016

85,154
20,365
105,519

Gross profit - sales revenue .......................... $
Gross profit - rental revenue .........................
Total gross profit........................................... $

83,016
14,294
97,310

2015

61,553
21,194
82,747

52,072
24,186
76,258

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

$
23,601
(829)
22,772

38.3%
-3.9%
27.5%

42.0%
10.0%
52.0%

30,944
(9,892)
21,052

59.4%
-40.9%
27.6%

40.9%
7.1%
48.0%

38.7%
13.3%
52.0%

32.8%
15.2%
48.0%

Gross margin percentage - sales revenue......
Gross margin percentage- rental revenue .....
Total gross margin percentage......................

49.4%
41.2%
48.0%

45.8%
53.3%
48.0%

The cost of sales revenue increased $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31,

2015, or an increase of 38.3% over the comparable year. The increase in cost of sales revenue was primarily attributable to an
increase in the number of systems sold, partially offset by reduced bill of material costs for our products associated with design
changes, better sourcing and increased volumes.

The cost of rental revenue decreased $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31,

2015, or a decrease of 3.9% from the comparable year. The decrease in cost of rental revenue was primarily attributable to a decrease
of depreciation expense and logistics costs per patient on service. Cost of rental revenue included $11.4 million of rental asset
depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Gross margin percentage is defined as revenue less costs of revenue divided by revenue. Sales revenue gross margin percentage

increased to 49.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 45.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in sales
gross margin percentage was primarily related to lower cost of goods sold per unit due to lower materials and labor costs associated
with the Inogen One G3 upgrade product launched in the fourth quarter of 2015 and the Inogen One G4 product launch in May 2016,
partially offset by an increase in sales mix toward lower margin business-to-business sales as volumes in these channels increased
worldwide.

Rental revenue gross margin percentage decreased to 41.2% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 53.3% for the year
ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to lower net revenue per rental patient resulting from the reimbursement reductions and
increased provisions for rental revenue adjustments, partially offset by the $2.0 million benefit from the Cures Act and lower cost of
rental revenues associated with lower depreciation and servicing costs per patient.

Research and development expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Research and development expense ............. $

2016

2015

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

5,113 $

4,180 $

933

22.3%

2.5%

2.6%

Research and development expense increased $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended
December 31, 2015, or an increase of 22.3% over the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in
personnel-related expenses and product development expenses for engineering projects.

Sales and marketing expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Sales and marketing expense ........................ $

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

19.7%

18.5%

19.7%

$
6,171

2016

2015

37,540 $

31,369 $

Sales and marketing expense increased $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31,

2015, or an increase of 19.7% over the comparable year. The increase was primarily attributable to $3.2 million of sales and marketing
personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount to support the growth of our business (which included $1.4 million of
wages, benefits and payroll tax expense, $1.4 million of commissions expense and $0.3 million of stock compensation expense), $1.4
million of additional media/printing expenses, $0.8 million in credit card processing fees and $0.6 million for dues, fees, and license
costs. In the year ended 2016, we spent $6.2 million in media and advertising costs compared to $4.7 million in the comparative
period in 2015.

General and administrative expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
General and administrative expense ............. $

2016

2015

31,793 $

25,658 $

$
6,135

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

23.9%

15.7%

16.1%

General and administrative expense increased $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended
December 31, 2015, or an increase of 23.9% over the comparable year. The increase was primarily attributable to $5.7 million of
personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount in executive administration, billing, finance, information technology,
human resources and compliance (which included an additional $3.0 million of stock compensation expense, $2.0 million of wages,
benefits and payroll tax expense, and $0.7 million of bonus expense), $1.7 million of patent defense costs, and $0.9 million of bad
debt expense primarily related to our rental receivables. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $1.5 million in audit, tax
and legal fees (primarily due to the audit committee investigation expense and the related class action lawsuit costs of $1.8 million in
the first half of 2015), $0.8 million of outside services, $0.3 million in net proceeds from the sale of former rental assets and $0.2
million of depreciation expense. Bad debt expense, expressed as a percentage of total revenue, was 1.8% and 1.7% in the years ended
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Other income (expense), net

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Interest expense ............................................ $
Interest income..............................................
Other expense ...............................................

Total other expense, net .......................... $

2016

2015

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

(6) $

196
(329)
(139) $

(22) $
102
(404)
(324) $

16
94
75
185

-72.7%
92.2%
-18.6%
-57.1%

2016
—
0.1%
-0.2%
-0.1%

2015
—
0.1%
-0.3%
-0.2%

Total other expense, net, decreased $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31, 2015,

or a decrease of 57.1% from the comparable year. The decrease in total expense was primarily due to the increase in interest income
on cash equivalents and marketable securities and the decrease in foreign currency losses arising from increased transactions in Euros.

Income tax expense

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Income tax expense....................................... $
Effective income tax rate ..............................

2016

2015

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

2,206

$
9.7%

3,142
$
21.3%

(936)

-29.8%

1.1%

2.0%

Income tax expense decreased $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31, 2015, or a

decrease of 29.8% from the comparable year. The decrease in provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016
compared to the prior year period was primarily attributable to excess benefits recognized in income tax expense resulting from the
adoption of ASU 2016-09, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payment transactions, partially offset by higher pre-tax net
income. The impact of the adoption was favorable for 2016; the adoption led to a decrease in provision for income taxes of $6.0
million in 2016. In 2015, the income tax expense included $1.6 million in reductions in our valuation allowance related to California
net operating losses and benefits associated with federal research and development tax credits.

Net income

Years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)
Net income.................................................... $

2016

2015

20,519 $

11,585 $

$
8,934

Change 2016 vs. 2015
%

% of Revenue

2016

2015

77.1%

10.1%

7.3%

Net income increased $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from for the year ended December 31, 2015, or an
increase of 77.1% over the comparable year. The increase in net income was primarily related to the increase in revenues of 27.6%
over the prior year period, improved operating expense leverage over the prior year period, and a lower effective tax rate. The lower
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by the adoption of ASU 2016-09 that led to a decrease in
provision for income taxes of $6.0 million. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was also impacted by $1.6
million in tax benefit adjustments related to a decrease in the valuation allowance related to California net operating losses.

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly statements of income data for each of the eight quarters in the period

ended December 31, 2016.

calculating net income per share attributable
to common stockholders:

Q1 March

Q2 June

Q3 September

42,989 $
21,279
3,400
879
2,521

54,567 $
26,215
8,042
550
7,492

54,422 $
25,128
5,449
203
5,246

Q4 December
50,851
24,688
5,834
574
5,260

0.13 $
0.12 $

0.38 $
0.36 $

0.26 $
0.25 $

0.26
0.25

Basic common shares ..............................................
Diluted common shares ...........................................

19,827,669
20,840,367

19,972,395
20,997,429

20,157,688
21,182,587

20,310,857
21,362,513

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Quarterly Results 2015
Total revenue ................................................................... $
Gross profit......................................................................
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes .......
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ...............................
Net income.......................................................................
Net income per share attributable to
common stockholders:
Basic ....................................................................... $
Diluted .................................................................... $
Weighted-average number of shares used in

calculating net income per share attributable
to common stockholders:

Q1 March

Q2 June

Q3 September

33,752 $
16,023
2,418
846
1,572

44,029 $
20,822
5,314
1,855
3,459

40,778 $
19,375
3,678
982
2,696

Q4 December
40,446
20,038
3,317
(541)
3,858

0.08 $
0.08 $

0.18 $
0.17 $

0.14 $
0.13 $

0.20
0.19

Basic common shares ..............................................
Diluted common shares ...........................................

19,167,585
20,562,040

19,310,064
20,672,414

19,428,653
20,783,550

19,689,662
20,812,773

Liquidity and capital resources

As of December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $143.0 million, which consisted of highly-liquid investments

with a maturity of three months or less. In addition, we held $31.0 million in available-for-sale certificates of deposits, corporate
bonds, agency mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury securities, which had maturities greater than three months that were
classified as marketable securities. Since inception, we have received net proceeds of $91.7 million from the issuance of redeemable

convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock and $52.5 million ($49.7 million net proceeds) in connection with the sale
of common stock in our initial public offering. Since 2013, we have received $25.7 million from proceeds related to stock option
exercises and our employee stock purchase plan. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we received $14.0
million and $8.0 million, respectively, in proceeds related to these stock programs.

In November 2014, we secured a primary banking relationship that provided access to a $15.0 million working capital revolving

line of credit and treasury and cash management services through commercial banking with JPMorgan Chase Bank. This agreement
was a three-year working capital revolving line of credit which replaced the previous loan facility we maintained with Comerica Bank.
The revolving line of credit expired on November 7, 2017, and we currently have no credit facility in place.

Our principal uses of cash in the year ended December 31, 2017 consisted of the funding of our capital expenditures including

additional rental equipment, intangible assets, and other property, plant and equipment of $10.2 million; net purchases of available-
for-sale investments of $9.9 million; and net payment of $4.5 million for the acquisition of MedSupport. The uses of cash were
partially offset by $0.2 million of gross proceeds received from the sale of former rental assets. We believe that our current cash, cash
equivalents, marketable securities, and the cash to be generated from expected product sales and rentals will be sufficient to meet our
projected operating and investing requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to
be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future funding requirements
will depend on many factors, including market acceptance of our products; the cost of our research and development activities;
reimbursement from Medicare, and secondarily, from private payors; the cost associated with litigation or disputes relating to
intellectual property rights or otherwise; the cost and timing of regulatory clearances or approvals; the cost and timing of establishing
additional sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities; and the effect of competing technological and market developments. In the
future, we may acquire businesses or technologies from third parties, and we may decide to raise additional capital through debt or
equity financing to the extent we believe this is necessary to successfully complete these acquisitions. Our future capital requirements
will also depend on many additional factors, including those set forth in the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Risk
Factors.”

If we require additional funds in the future, we may not be able to obtain such funds on acceptable terms, or at all. In the future,

we may also attempt to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities or through equity-linked or debt financing
arrangements. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders will
be diluted. If we raise additional financing by the incurrence of indebtedness, we will be subject to increased fixed payment
obligations and could also be subject to restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, and other
operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any future indebtedness we incur may result in
terms that could be unfavorable to equity investors. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital, which
would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives. In addition, if our operating performance during the next twelve
months is below our expectations, our liquidity and ability to operate our business could be adversely affected.

The following tables show a summary of our cash flows and working capital for the periods and as of the dates indicated:

(amounts in thousands)
Summary of consolidated cash flows
Cash provided by operating activities ...................................................... $
Cash used in investing activities ..............................................................
Cash provided by financing activities ......................................................
Effect of exchange rates on cash ..............................................................
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents................................................ $

2017

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

60,494 $
(24,430)
14,004
34
50,102 $

31,034 $
(11,927)
7,714
(76)
26,745 $

38,161
(29,305)
381
33
9,270

(amounts in thousands)
Working capital
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................
Marketable securities ......................................................................................
Accounts receivable, net.................................................................................
Inventories, net ...............................................................................................
Deferred cost of revenue.................................................................................
Income tax receivable .....................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................................................
Total current assets....................................................................................

Accounts payable and accrued expenses ........................................................
Accrued payroll ..............................................................................................
Warranty reserve-current ................................................................................
Deferred revenue-current................................................................................
Income tax payable .........................................................................................
Total current liabilities ..............................................................................

December 31,

2017

2016

142,953
30,991
31,444
18,842
361
1,313
2,584
228,488

20,626
6,877
2,505
3,533
345
33,886

92,851
21,033
30,828
14,343
398
433
1,659
161,545

12,795
6,123
1,688
2,239
—
22,845

Net working capital.........................................................................................

194,602

138,700

Operating activities

We derive operating cash flows from cash collected from the sales and rental of our products and services. These cash flows
received are partially offset by our use of cash for operating expenses to support the growth of our business. Net income in each period
has increased associated with increased sales, improving product mix and lower costs of revenues.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 consisted primarily of our net income of
$21.0 million and non-cash expense items such as provision for sales returns and doubtful accounts of $13.8 million, depreciation of
our equipment and leasehold improvements and amortization of our intangibles of $12.3 million, stock-based compensation expense
of $9.6 million, provision for rental revenue adjustments of $5.1 million, deferred income tax of $7.9 million and loss on disposal of
rental equipment and other fixed assets of $1.1 million. The net changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net use of cash
of $10.6 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 consisted primarily of our net income of $20.5

million and non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $13.6
million, provision for sales returns and doubtful accounts of $11.1 million, provision for rental revenue adjustments of $10.8 million,
stock-based compensation expense of $7.3 million, and loss on disposal of rental equipment and other fixed assets of $1.2 million
which was partially offset by a gain on sale of former assets of $0.3 million. The net changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted
in a net decrease in cash of $34.3 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted primarily of our net income of

$11.6 million and non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of
$14.0 million, provision for rental revenue adjustments of $8.5 million, deferred tax assets of $4.8 million, provision for sales returns
of $4.9 million, stock-based compensation expense of $3.6 million, provision for doubtful accounts of $2.7 million and loss on
disposal of rental units of $1.2 million. The net changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net decrease in cash of $14.9
million.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for each of the periods presented primarily included cash used in the production and
purchase of rental assets, manufacturing tooling, and computer equipment and software to support our expanding business as well as
net (purchases) maturities of available-for-sale investments. In addition, cash used in investing activities for the current period
included net payment for our acquisition in May 2017.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we had $46.9 million of purchases that we invested in available-for-sale certificates of
deposits, corporate bonds, agency mortgage-backed securities, and U.S. treasury securities with maturities greater than three months
that were classified as marketable securities, partially offset by $37.0 million in maturities of available-for-sale investments. In
addition, we invested $10.2 million in the production and purchase of rental assets, intangibles assets and other property, equipment,
leasehold improvements, and acquired MedSupport for a net cash payment of $4.5 million, partially offset by gross proceeds from the
sale of former assets of $0.2 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we had $33.1 million of purchases that we invested in available-for-sale certificates of

deposits and corporate bonds with maturities greater than three months that were classified as marketable securities, partially offset by
$28.8 million in maturities of available-for-sale investments. In addition, we invested $8.0 million in rental assets and other property,
equipment, leasehold improvements, and intangible assets partially offset from gross proceeds by the sale of former assets of $0.4
million.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we invested $36.6 million primarily in available-for-sale certificates of deposits with

maturities greater than three months that were classified as marketable securities, partially offset by $19.8 million in maturities of
available-for-sale investments. In addition, we invested $10.2 million in rental assets and $2.2 million in other property, equipment,
and leasehold improvements.

We expect to continue investing in property, equipment and leasehold improvements as we expand our operations. Our business

is inherently capital intensive. For example, we expend significant manufacturing and production expense in connection with the
development and production of our oxygen concentrator products and, in connection with our rental business, we incur expense in the
deployment of rental products to our patients. Investments will continue to be required in order to grow our sales revenue and continue
to supply and replace rental equipment to our rental patients on service.

Financing activities

Historically, we have funded our operations through our sales and rental revenue, the issuance of preferred and common stock,

and the incurrence of indebtedness.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of $14.0 million from the proceeds

received from stock options that were exercised and purchases under our employee stock purchase program.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $8.0 million from the

proceeds received from stock options that were exercised and purchases under our employee stock purchase program, partially offset
by $0.3 million of payments on our contractual obligation.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $2.3 million from the

proceeds of stock options that were exercised and purchases under our employee stock purchase program. This was partially offset by
$1.6 million of excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements on the exercise of employee stock options and $0.3
million of payments on our contractual obligation.

Working capital

Working capital at any specific point in time is subject to many variables including seasonality, inventory management, and the

timing of cash receipts and payments.

Current assets increased $66.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 from December 31, 2016 primarily due to an
increase in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $60.1 million driven by strong cash flows from operations as well as
increases of $4.5 million in net inventories, $0.9 million in income tax receivable, $0.9 million in prepaid expenses and other current
assets and $0.6 million in net accounts receivable.

Gross accounts receivable decreased $4.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 from December 31, 2016, primarily

due to a decrease in gross rental accounts receivable balances of $13.6 million, partially offset by an increase in gross business-to-
business accounts receivable and other receivables balance of $8.9 million primarily as a result of higher sales in the year ended
December 31, 2017 versus the year ended December 31, 2016 where total revenues were $249.4 million and $202.8 million,
respectively, and due to extended terms for one business-to-business customer. Allowances on accounts receivable declined $5.3
million during the year ended December 31, 2017 from December 31, 2016 primarily due to a decline in the allowance for rental
revenue adjustments of $5.1 million from the comparative consolidated balance sheet date as a result in the decline in gross rental
accounts receivable balances and improved aging of those receivables.

Allowances on accounts receivable vary based on credit quality, age, and accounts receivable source. Rental revenue has higher

allowances on accounts receivable versus sales revenue due to the nature of the collectability of these balances.

Current liabilities increased by $11.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 from December 31, 2016, primarily due

to an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $7.8 million mainly caused by the timing of payments for inventory as
well as increases in deferred revenue of $1.3 million, warranty reserve of $0.8 million, $0.8 million of accrued payroll and $0.3
million of income tax payable.

Sources of funds

Our cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2017 was $60.5 million compared to $31.0 million in

the year ended December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $143.0 million.

Use of funds

Our principal uses of cash are funding our new rental asset deployments and other capital purchases, operations, and other
working capital requirements. Over the past several years, our revenue has increased significantly from year-to-year and, as a result,
our cash flows from customer collections have increased as have our profits. As a result, our cash provided by operating activities has
increased over time and now is a significant source of capital to the business, which we expect to continue in the future.

Due to the portion of our business that drives rental revenue, which needs continuing asset deployments to net new patients and

replacement equipment to existing patients, our cash used in investing activities has increased over time. We expect our cash
requirements for investing activities to increase in the future as we increase our rental patient base and deploy rental assets to new and
existing patients.

We may need to raise additional funds to support our investing operations, and such funding may not be available to us on
acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, our operations and ability to execute our business
strategy could be adversely affected. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we
raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our
equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our
stockholders.

Non-GAAP financial measures

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and non-GAAP net income, are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with U.S.

GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income excluding interest income, interest expense, taxes and depreciation and amortization.
Adjusted EBITDA also excludes stock-based compensation. Non-GAAP net income, which we previously referred to as “Adjusted
Net Income,” excludes certain tax benefit adjustments. Below, we have provided a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and
non-GAAP net income to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with
U.S. GAAP. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income should not be considered alternatives to net income or any other
measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and
non-GAAP net income may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not
calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income in the same manner as we calculate these measures.

We include EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because they are

important measures upon which our management assesses our operating performance. We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-
GAAP net income as key performance measures because we believe they facilitate operating performance comparisons from period-
to-period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by variations in capital structures, tax positions, the impact of
depreciation and amortization expense on our fixed assets and the impact of stock-based compensation expense. Because EBITDA,
Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more
consistent basis, we also use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income for business planning purposes, to incentivize
and compensate our management personnel, and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe EBITDA, Adjusted
EBITDA and non-GAAP net income and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies, and
other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.

Our uses of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not
consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

(cid:129)

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash expenditures for capital equipment or other contractual
commitments;

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be
replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect capital expenditure requirements for such
replacements;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest
or principal payments on our indebtedness;

non-GAAP net income does not reflect the tax benefits adjustments recorded based on U.S. GAAP; and

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net
income measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure.

In evaluating EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income, you should be aware that in the future we will incur
expenses within these categories similar to this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net
income should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by certain expenses. When evaluating our
performance, you should consider EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income alongside other financial performance
measures, including U.S. GAAP results.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income to our net income, the

most comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

(amounts in thousands)
Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
Net income ................................................................................................................... $

2017

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

21,002 $

20,519 $

11,585

Non-GAAP adjustments:
Interest expense......................................................................................................
Interest income.......................................................................................................
Provision for income taxes.....................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................................
EBITDA (non-GAAP) ...............................................................................
Stock-based compensation.....................................................................................

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) ............................................................... $

—
(765)
8,654
12,302
41,193
9,640
50,833 $

6
(196)
2,206
13,558
36,093
7,294
43,387 $

22
(102)
3,142
14,012
28,659
3,640
32,299

(amounts in thousands)
Non-GAAP net income
Net income ................................................................................................................... $

2017

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

21,002 $

20,519 $

11,585

Non-GAAP adjustments:
Tax benefit adjustments(1) ......................................................................................
2017 U.S. tax reform (TCJA)(2) .............................................................................

Non-GAAP net income.............................................................................. $

—
7,578
28,580 $

—
—
20,519 $

(1,570)
—
10,015

(1) Tax benefit adjustments related to the release and adjustment of the valuation allowances associated with the net operating loss carryforwards

for the year ended December 31, 2015.

(2) On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) was enacted into law, which significantly changes existing U.S. tax law and includes

numerous provisions that affect us. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded an estimated one-time net charge due to the impact of
changes in the tax rate, primarily on deferred tax assets.

Contractual obligations

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017.

Contractual Obligations
(amounts in thousands)
Operating leases - properties (1).............................. $
Operating leases - equipment and other (2) .............
Purchase obligations (3)...........................................

Total.................................................................. $

Less than
1 year

Payments due by period
1-3
years

3-5
years

Total

More than
5 years

6,538
275
51,090
57,903 $

1,487 $
67
49,478
51,032 $

3,652 $
162
1,612
5,426 $

1,399 $
46
—
1,445 $

—
—
—
—

(1) We lease manufacturing and office space in Richardson, TX, Goleta, CA, Smyrna, TN, Huntsville, AL, Aurora, CO and
Middleburg Heights, OH, Cleveland, OH and Breukelen, Netherlands with terms that expire between 2018 and 2024.

(2) This consists of miscellaneous office and processing equipment in Texas, California and Ohio with terms expiring between 2019

and 2023.

(3) We obtain individual components for our products from a wide variety of individual suppliers. Consistent with industry practice,
we acquire components through a combination of purchase orders, supplier contracts, and open orders based on projected demand
information. Where appropriate, the purchases are applied to inventory component prepayments that are outstanding with the
respective suppliers.

As of December 31, 2017, we had noncurrent deferred tax liabilities of $0.3 million which were netted in noncurrent deferred
tax assets on the balance sheet. Additionally, as of December 31, 2017, we had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $1.1 million. The
table does not include any payments related to liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions as we cannot make a reasonably reliable
estimate as to the timing of any other payments. See Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical accounting policies and significant estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial
statements which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or
U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the
financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions in accordance with
U.S. GAAP that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates and such
differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial
condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the
need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include
those related to:

(cid:2)

revenue recognition;

inventory and rental asset valuation;

accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns and adjustments; and

income taxes.

Revenue recognition

We generate revenue primarily from sales and rentals of our products. Our products consist of our proprietary line of oxygen

concentrators and related accessories. A small portion of our revenue comes from extended service contracts and freight revenue for
product shipments.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement

exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4)
collectability is reasonable assured. Revenue from product sales is generally recognized upon shipment of the product but is deferred

if risk of loss and ownership has not yet transferred to the customer. Provisions for estimated returns are made at the time of shipment.
Provisions for warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue, are also provided for at the time of shipment.

Accruals for estimated warranty expenses are made at the time that the associated revenue is recognized. We use judgment to

estimate these accruals and, if we were to experience an increase in warranty claims or if costs of servicing our products under
warranty were greater than our estimates, our cost of revenue could be adversely affected in future periods. The provisions for
estimated returns and warranty obligations are made based on known claims and estimates of additional returns and warranty
obligations based on historical data and future expectations. We had accrued $6.2 million, $3.5 million and $2.0 million to provide for
future warranty costs at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Revenue from the sale of former rental assets is generally recognized upon shipment but is deferred if risk of loss and ownership
has not yet transferred to the customer; when collectability is reasonably assured; and other revenue recognition criteria are met. When
a rental unit is sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gains or losses
are included in general and administrative expense.

Revenue from the sales of our services is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of the
receivables is reasonably assured, which is generally when risks and rewards of the product have transferred to the buyer, generally upon
receipt of the product. We offer extended service contracts on our Inogen One systems for periods ranging from 12 to 24 months after the
end of the standard warranty period. Revenue from extended service contracts and lifetime warranty is deferred and recognized in income
over the contract period. To calculate the value associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit margins of the
overall company, the average cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties and created a best estimate. Lifetime
warranty revenue is deferred and recognized after the standard three-year warranty period, on a straight-line basis, in years four and five.
Under the lifetime warranty, the Company will provide replacement equipment without any additional cost to the consumer for the
duration of the patient’s life. Lifetime warranties are non-transferable.

We recognize equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated adjustments, per

ASC 840—Leases. We have separate contracts with each patient that are not subject to a master lease agreement with any payor. We
evaluate the individual lease contracts at lease inception and the start of each monthly renewal period to determine if there is
reasonable assurance that the bargain renewal option associated with the potential capped free rental period would be exercised.
Historically, the exercise of such bargain renewal option is not reasonably assured at lease inception and most subsequent monthly
lease renewal periods. If we determine that the reasonable assurance threshold for an individual patient is met at lease inception or at a
monthly lease renewal period, such determination would impact the bargain renewal period for an individual lease. We would first
consider the lease classification (sales-type lease or operating lease) and then appropriately recognize or defer rental revenue over the
lease term, which may include a portion of the capped rental period. To date, we have not deferred any amounts associated with the
capped rental period. Amounts related to the capped rental period have not been material in the periods presented.

The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under

reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of the
industry and the reimbursement environment in which we operate, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and accounts
receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as additional
information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of
reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such
adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. Accounts receivable
are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts which provides for those accounts from which payment is not expected to be
received, although product was delivered and revenue was earned. Upon determination that an account is uncollectible, it is written-
off and charged to the allowance. Amounts billed but not earned due to the timing of the billing cycle are deferred and recognized in
income on a straight-line basis over the monthly billing period. For example, if the first day of the billing period does not fall on the
first of the month, then a portion of the monthly billing period will fall in the subsequent month and the related revenue and cost
would be deferred based on the service days in the following month.

Rental revenue is recognized as earned, less estimated adjustments. Revenue not billed at the end of the period is reviewed for
the likelihood of collections and accrued. The rental revenue stream is not guaranteed and payment will cease if the patient no longer
needs oxygen or returns the equipment. Revenue recognized is at full estimated allowable reimbursement rates. Rental revenue is
earned for that month if the patient is on service on the first day of the 30-day period commencing on the recurring date of service for
a particular claim, regardless if there is a change in condition/death after that date. In the event that a third-party payor does not accept
the claim for payment, the consumer is ultimately responsible for payment for the products and services. We have determined that the
balances are collectable at the time of revenue recognition because the patient signs a notice of financial responsibility outlining their
obligations.

Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts that were earned but not able to be billed for various reasons. The criteria for

recognizing revenue had been met as of period-end, but there were specific reasons why we were unable to bill Medicare and private
insurance for these amounts. As a result, we create an unbilled rental revenue accrual based on these earned revenues not billed based
on a percentage of unbilled amounts and historical trends and estimates of future collectability.

Inventory and rental asset valuation

Inventory consists of raw materials, certain component parts to be used in manufacturing our products and finished goods.
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, including material,
labor, and manufacturing overhead, whereby the standard costs are updated at least quarterly to reflect approximate actual costs using
the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. We record adjustments at least quarterly to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-
moving or impaired items. The business environment in which we operate is subject to changes in technology and customer demand.
Noncurrent inventories are primarily related to raw materials purchased in bulk to support long-term expected repairs to reduce costs
and are classified in other assets.

Rental assets are valued at standard cost to manufacture or purchase the product, including appropriate labor and overhead.
Costs are reviewed at least quarterly to confirm standard costs approximate actual costs using the FIFO method. Rental assets are
depreciated over the life of the asset, typically 18 months to 60 months. Rental asset disposals or losses are recorded at net book value
in cost of rental revenue.

Accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns, and adjustments

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal sales and rental terms. We perform credit evaluations of our
customers’ financial condition and generally do not require collateral. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level
that, in our opinion, is adequate to absorb potential losses related to accounts receivable and is based upon our continuous evaluation
of the collectability of outstanding balances. Our evaluation takes into consideration such factors as past bad debt experience,
economic conditions and information about specific receivables. Our evaluation also considers the age and composition of the
outstanding amount in determining their net realizable value.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. As adjustments

to these estimates become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. This allowance is
increased by bad debt provisions charged to bad debt expense, net of recoveries, in operating expense and is reduced by direct write-
offs.

We do not allow returns from business-to-business customers for reasons not covered under our standard warranty. Therefore,

provision for sales returns applies primarily to direct-to-consumer sales. This reserve is calculated based on actual historical return
rates under our 30-day return program and is applied to the related sales revenue for the last month of the quarter reported.

We also record an allowance for rental revenue adjustments, which is recorded as a reduction of rental revenue and net rental

accounts receivable balances. These adjustments result from contractual adjustments, including untimely claims filings, or billings not
paid due to another provider performing same or similar functions for the patient in the same period, all of which prevent billed
revenue from becoming realizable. The allowance is based on historical revenue adjustments as a percentage of rental revenue billed
and unbilled during the related period.

When recording the allowance for doubtful accounts, the bad debt expense account (general and administrative expense
account) is charged; when recording allowance for sales returns, the sales returns account (contra sales revenue account) is charged;
and when recording the allowance for rental reserve adjustments, the rental revenue adjustments account (contra rental revenue
account) is charged.

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, included in accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets were

earned but unbilled receivables of $1.5 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The reduction in unbilled receivables is due to the
reduction in reimbursement rates and patients on services, a reduction in Cures Act balances outstanding from $2.0 million as of
December 31, 2016 to $0.1 million as of December 31, 2017 and decreased patient balances with paperwork delays. These balances
reflect gross unbilled rental receivables prior to any allowances for adjustments and write-offs. We consistently apply our allowance
estimation methodology from period-to-period. Our best estimate is made on an accrual basis and adjusted in future periods as
required. Any adjustments to the prior period estimates are included in the current period. As additional information becomes known,
we adjust our assumptions accordingly to change our estimate of the allowance.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740—Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized for

We recognize interest and penalties on income taxes, if any, within income tax provision. No significant interest or penalties

were recognized during the periods presented.

On December 22, 2017, TCJA was enacted into law, which significantly changes existing U.S. tax law and includes numerous
provisions that affect our business. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 34% to 21% effective
for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, expensing of capital expenditures, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a
worldwide tax system to a territorial system, a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign
earnings, and limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation and other deductions. We are required to recognize the
effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment, including the transition tax, re-measuring our U.S. deferred tax assets and
liabilities, as well as reassessing the net realizability of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we
recorded a provisional net charge of $7,578 related to the TCJA due to the remeasurement of the deferred taxes. The one-time
transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings was determined to be immaterial.

We operate in several taxing jurisdictions, including U.S. federal, multiple U.S. states and the Netherlands. The statute of
limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2014 for U.S. federal and 2013 to 2014 for various U.S. state tax purposes. However,
the net operating loss (NOL) generated on our federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal
and state tax authorities.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $29.9 million and $5.7 million of federal and state NOL carryforwards, respectively, that
begin to expire in 2023 and 2028 for federal and state purposes, respectively, if not utilized. As of December 31, 2017, we had federal
and California research and development credit carryforward of $2.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The federal credit will
begin to expire in 2022; the California credit has indefinite carryforward.

Our existing NOLs and credit carryforwards are subject to limitations arising from ownership changes subject to the provisions
of Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and if we undergo one or more future ownership
changes, our ability to utilize these carryforwards could be further limited.

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be
generated to permit the use of deferred tax assets. During the year ended December 31, 2017, management released $0.8 million of its
valuation allowance that had been established against California NOLs that expired during the year.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, we were able to determine that, based upon future projections of income, it is more likely
than not that all of our federal NOLs will be utilized before they expire. However, we determined that it is more likely than not that
some of our California NOLs will expire unused and therefore we have a valuation allowance of $0.8 million relating to these NOLs
as of December 31, 2016. In the current period, we released (or reversed) $0.8 million of the California NOLs valuation allowance due
to expiration of California NOLs and changes in estimates of future projections of income.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Refer to Note 1 – Summary of significant accounting policies of the Notes included in Part II, Item 8, "Consolidated Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as
structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet
arrangements or for any other contractually narrow or limited purpose. However, from time to time we enter into certain types of

contracts that contingently require us to indemnify parties against third-party claims including certain real estate leases, supply
purchase agreements, and directors and officers. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and in most instances a maximum
dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts cannot be reasonably estimated until a specific
claim is asserted thus no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets for any of the periods presented.

Inflation

We experience pricing pressures in the form of continued reductions in reimbursement rates, particularly from governmental
payors such as Medicare or Medicaid but also private payors. We can also be impacted by rising costs for certain inflation-sensitive
operating expenses such as labor and employee benefits. However, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may
not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases, especially in contracts where pricing is fixed over a specific
period. Our inability or failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including fluctuation in interest rates, foreign currency, and exchange rates. Market risk
is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading
purposes.

Interest rate fluctuation risk

The principal market risk we face is interest rate risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $143.0 million as of December 31,

2017, which consisted of highly-liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less, and $31.0 million of marketable securities
with maturity dates of greater than three months. The primary goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation. We
do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in
the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of our cash and cash equivalents.
Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future investment income. We considered the historical volatility of short-term
interest rates and determined that it was reasonably possible that an adverse change of 100 basis points could be experienced in the
near term. A hypothetical 1.00% (100 basis points) increase in interest rates would not have materially impacted the fair value of our
marketable securities as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. If overall interest rates had decreased by 1.00% (100 basis
points), our interest income would not have been materially affected as of December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2017, we had no credit facility in place. If overall interest rates had increased by 1.00% (100 basis points)

during the periods presented, our interest expense would not have been affected.

Foreign currency exchange risk

The majority of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars while the majority of our European sales are denominated in Euros.

In addition, we acquired MedSupport with net assets denominated in Euros in the second quarter of 2017. Our results of operations,
certain balance sheet balances and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. We have experienced and
will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income or loss as a result of transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain
current asset and current liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency in which they are
recorded. The effect of a 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables as of
December 31, 2017 would not have had a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. As our
operations in countries outside of the United States grow, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to
changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could harm our business in the future.

We began entering into foreign exchange forward contracts to protect our forecasted U.S. dollar-equivalent earnings from

adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates in December 2015. These hedging contracts reduce, but will not entirely
eliminate, the impact of adverse currency exchange rate movements on revenue. We performed a sensitivity analysis assuming a
hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign exchange rates to the hedging contracts and the underlying exposures described above.
As of December 31, 2017, the analysis indicated that these hypothetical market movements would not have a material effect on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We estimate prior to any hedging activity that a 10% adverse change in
exchange rates on our foreign denominated sales would have resulted in a $4.0 million decline in revenue for 2017. We designate
these forward contracts as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. The fair value of the forward contract is separated into intrinsic
and time values. The fair value of forward currency-exchange contracts is sensitive to changes in currency exchange rates. Changes in
the time value are coded in other income (expense), net. Changes in the intrinsic value are recorded as a component of accumulated
other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into revenue to offset the hedged exposures as they occur.

Inflation risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our
costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we might not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price
increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

The Company maintains a system of disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are designed to provide reasonable assurance that
information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported accurately and completely within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These disclosure
controls and procedures include, among other processes, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be
disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management,
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure. Due to inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions over time, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly, even
effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Our
management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2017. Based upon the evaluation described above, our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the
reasonable assurance level.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013
framework) (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the COSO framework, our management concluded that our internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by our independent

registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, as stated in their report, which appears herein.

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Inogen, Inc.
Goleta, California

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Inogen, Inc., and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31,
2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, of
the Company and our report dated February 27, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedule.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based
on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, California
February 27, 2018

Changes in internal controls over financial reporting

There has been no change to our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required

by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on effectiveness of controls

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no
matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition,
the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is
required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Because of the
inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and
instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in any control system, misstatements due to error or
fraud may occur and not be detected.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Annual Meeting

Our annual meeting of stockholders will be held at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Time on Thursday, May 10, 2018, at our corporate
headquarters located at 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, California 93117. Holders of record at the close of business on Friday, March 16,
2018 will be entitled to vote at the meeting.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information called for by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be

filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (the “Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by
reference.

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors,

including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our
Code of Ethics and Conduct is posted on the investor relations page on our website which is located at http://investor.inogen.com. We
will post any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

The information required by this item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be disclosed in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index (page F-1) to the consolidated financial statements
are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Financial Statement Schedules

See Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves included herein.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information either has been shown in the financial statements or notes
thereto or is not applicable or required under this section.

(b) Exhibits

Exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are hereby incorporated by reference. Refer to Exhibit Index

included herein.

Inogen, Inc.
Index to Financial Statements
and Financial Statement Schedule

Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................................

F-2

Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015..........................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 ..............................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 .............................................
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................................

F-3
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-9

Financial Statement Schedule
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015....................................................

F-35

F-1

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Inogen, Inc.
Goleta, California

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Inogen, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31,
2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item
15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal
Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our
report dated February 27, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, California
February 27, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

F-2

Inogen, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(amounts in thousands)

December 31,

2017

2016

Assets
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................................................... $
Marketable securities .......................................................................................................................
Accounts receivable, net..................................................................................................................
Inventories, net ................................................................................................................................
Deferred cost of revenue..................................................................................................................
Income tax receivable ......................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .......................................................................................
Total current assets................................................................................................................................
Property and equipment

Rental equipment, net ......................................................................................................................
Manufacturing equipment and tooling ............................................................................................
Computer equipment and software..................................................................................................
Furniture and equipment..................................................................................................................
Leasehold improvements.................................................................................................................
Land and building............................................................................................................................
Construction in process ...................................................................................................................
Total property and equipment ...............................................................................................................
Less accumulated depreciation .............................................................................................................
Property and equipment, net .............................................................................................................
Goodwill ...............................................................................................................................................
Intangible assets, net ...........................................................................................................................
Deferred tax asset - noncurrent .........................................................................................................
Other assets..........................................................................................................................................
Total assets........................................................................................................................................... $

142,953
30,991
31,444
18,842
361
1,313
2,584
228,488

49,349
6,858
5,484
746
1,598
125
408
64,568
(44,465)
20,103
2,363
4,717
18,636
765
275,072

92,851
21,033
30,828
14,343
398
433
1,659
161,545

54,582
6,133
4,705
779
816
125
75
67,215
(42,016)
25,199
—
241
26,654
410
214,049

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Inogen, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets (continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

December 31,

2017

2016

Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued expenses ........................................................................................ $
Accrued payroll...............................................................................................................................
Warranty reserve - current ..............................................................................................................
Deferred revenue - current ..............................................................................................................
Income tax payable .........................................................................................................................
Total current liabilities .........................................................................................................................
Long-term liabilities

Warranty reserve - noncurrent ........................................................................................................
Deferred revenue - noncurrent ........................................................................................................
Deferred tax liability - noncurrent ..................................................................................................
Other noncurrent liabilities .............................................................................................................
Total liabilities ....................................................................................................................................
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Stockholders' equity

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 20,976,350 and
20,389,860 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively .....
Additional paid-in capital ...............................................................................................................
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ..........................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)............................................................................
Total stockholders' equity..................................................................................................................
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.......................................................................................... $

20,626 $
6,877
2,505
3,533
345
33,886

3,666
9,402
348
729
48,031

12,795
6,123
1,688
2,239
—
22,845

1,792
7,042
—
282
31,961

21
218,109
8,639
272
227,041
275,072 $

20
194,466
(12,363)
(35)
182,088
214,049

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Inogen, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Revenue

Sales revenue ........................................................................................................ $
Rental revenue ......................................................................................................
Total revenue............................................................................................................
Cost of revenue

Cost of sales revenue ............................................................................................
Cost of rental revenue, including depreciation of $9,835, $11,429 and

$11,965, respectively ........................................................................................
Total cost of revenue................................................................................................
Gross profit

Gross profit-sales revenue ....................................................................................
Gross profit-rental revenue...................................................................................
Total gross profit......................................................................................................
Operating expense

Research and development ...................................................................................
Sales and marketing..............................................................................................
General and administrative...................................................................................
Total operating expense...........................................................................................
Income from operations ..........................................................................................
Other income (expense)

Interest expense ....................................................................................................
Interest income .....................................................................................................
Other income (expense)........................................................................................
Total other income (expense), net...........................................................................
Income before provision for income taxes .............................................................
Provision for income taxes ......................................................................................
Net income ................................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment..............................................
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency hedging .................
Less: reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses included in net
income ...............................................................................................................
Total net change in unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency hedging......
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments .........
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.............................................
Comprehensive income............................................................................................ $

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

225,492 $
23,946
249,438

168,170 $
34,659
202,829

113,625
45,380
159,005

110,163

85,154

61,553

18,038
128,201

115,329
5,908
121,237

5,313
50,758
37,576
93,647
27,590

—
765
1,301
2,066
29,656
8,654
21,002

363
(567)

446
(121)
65
307
21,309 $

20,365
105,519

83,016
14,294
97,310

5,113
37,540
31,793
74,446
22,864

(6)
196
(329)
(139)
22,725
2,206
20,519

—
55

6
61
(59)
2

20,521 $

21,194
82,747

52,072
24,186
76,258

4,180
31,369
25,658
61,207
15,051

(22)
102
(404)
(324)
14,727
3,142
11,585

—
(14)

—
(14)
(23)
(37)
11,548

0.60
0.56

Basic net income per share attributable to common stockholders (Note 2) ....... $
Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders (Note 2).... $
Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating net income per
share attributable to common stockholders:

1.02 $
0.96 $

1.02 $
0.97 $

Basic common shares ...........................................................................................
Diluted common shares ........................................................................................

20,683,807
21,897,988

20,067,152
21,095,867

19,398,991
20,708,170

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Inogen, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

Common stock

Amount

paid-in
capital

Additional

Retained Accumulated
earnings

other

(accumulated comprehensive
income (loss)

deficit)

Total
stockholders'
equity

Balance, December 31, 2014 .......................................
Stock-based compensation ............................................
Employee stock purchases.............................................
Stock options exercised .................................................
Warrants exercised - common .......................................
Excess tax benefits from stock-based

compensation arrangements.......................................
Net income ....................................................................
Other comprehensive loss .............................................
Balance, December 31, 2015 .......................................
Cumulative effect of change

in accounting principle...............................................
Stock-based compensation ............................................
Employee stock purchases.............................................
Stock options exercised .................................................
Net income ....................................................................
Other comprehensive income ........................................
Balance, December 31, 2016 .......................................
Stock-based compensation ............................................
Employee stock purchases.............................................
Stock options exercised .................................................
Net income ....................................................................
Other comprehensive income ........................................
Balance, December 31, 2017 .......................................

19,059,364 $

—
31,106
676,715
15,218

—
—
—
19,782,403

—
—
37,378
570,079
—
—
20,389,860
—
24,523
561,967
—
—

20,976,350 $

19 $
—
—
1
—

—
—
—
20

—
—
—
—
—
—
20
—
—
1
—
—
21 $

174,824 $
3,640
701
1,614
5

(1,641)

—
—
179,143

—
7,294
1,055
6,974
—
—
194,466
9,640
1,379
12,624
—
—

218,109 $

(56,693) $
—
—
—
—

—

11,585
—
(45,108)

12,226
—
—
—
20,519
—
(12,363)
—
—
—
21,002
—
8,639 $

— $
—
—
—
—

—
—
(37)
(37)

—
—
—
—
—
2
(35)
—
—
—
—
307
272 $

118,150
3,640
701
1,615
5

(1,641)
11,585
(37)
134,018

12,226
7,294
1,055
6,974
20,519
2
182,088
9,640
1,379
12,625
21,002
307
227,041

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Inogen, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(amounts in thousands)

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income ................................................................................................................ $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization.............................................................................
Loss on rental units and other fixed assets...........................................................
Gain on sale of former rental assets.....................................................................
Provision for sales returns and doubtful accounts ...............................................
Provision for rental revenue adjustments.............................................................
Provision for inventory obsolescence and other inventory losses .......................
Stock-based compensation expense.....................................................................
Deferred income taxes .........................................................................................
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements ....................
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable........................................................................................
Inventories ......................................................................................................
Deferred cost of revenue ................................................................................
Income tax receivable.....................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................................................
Accounts payable and accrued expenses........................................................
Accrued payroll ..............................................................................................
Warranty reserve ............................................................................................
Deferred revenue ............................................................................................
Income tax payable.........................................................................................
Other noncurrent liabilities.............................................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities.......................................................................
Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of available-for-sale investments..............................................................
Maturities of available-for-sale investments .............................................................
Investment in intangible assets..................................................................................
Investment in property and equipment......................................................................
Production and purchase of rental equipment ...........................................................
Proceeds from sale of former assets ..........................................................................
Payment for acquisition, net of cash acquired...........................................................
Net cash used in investing activities ...............................................................................

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

21,002 $

20,519 $

11,585

12,302
1,136
(64)
13,773
5,057
340
9,640
7,947
—

(18,263)
(5,894)
37
(875)
(819)
7,438
722
2,689
3,654
225
447
60,494

(46,933)
37,041
(3,316)
(2,914)
(3,997)
183
(4,494)
(24,430)

13,558
1,202
(272)
11,082
10,777
133
7,294
1,036
—

(32,738)
(7,458)
(1)
1,725
(789)
(86)
852
1,507
2,759
(11)
(55)
31,034

(33,142)
28,843
(113)
(1,718)
(6,185)
388
—
(11,927)

14,012
1,214
—
7,598
8,543
89
3,640
4,760
1,641

(16,699)
(2,570)
118
(1,670)
252
1,582
1,205
858
2,030
11
(38)
38,161

(36,626)
19,810
(45)
(2,208)
(10,236)
—
—
(29,305)

F-7

5
1,615
701
(299)
(1,641)
381
33
9,270
56,836
66,106

—

Inogen, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)
(amounts in thousands)

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
and common stock warrants exercised ....................................................................
Proceeds from stock options exercised......................................................................
Proceeds from employee stock purchases .................................................................
Repayment of debt from investment in intangible assets ..........................................
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements ..........................
Net cash provided by financing activities .......................................................................
Effect of exchange rates on cash.....................................................................................
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ........................................................
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ................................................................... $

—
12,625
1,379
—
—
14,004
34
50,102
92,851
142,953 $

—
6,974
1,055
(315)
—
7,714
(76)
26,745
66,106
92,851 $

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

Cash paid during the period for interest .................................................................... $
Cash paid (received) during the period for income taxes, net of refunds
received...................................................................................................................

— $

10 $

1,267

(447)

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions

Property and equipment in account payable and accrued liabilities..........................

—

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

Inogen, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Nature of business

Inogen, Inc. (Company or Inogen) was incorporated in Delaware on November 27, 2001. The Company is a medical technology
company that primarily develops, manufactures and markets innovative portable oxygen concentrators used to deliver supplemental
long-term oxygen therapy to patients suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Traditionally, these patients have relied on
stationary oxygen concentrator systems for use in the home and oxygen tanks or cylinders for mobile use, which the Company calls
the delivery model. The tanks and cylinders must be delivered regularly and have a finite amount of oxygen, which requires patients to
plan activities outside of their homes around delivery schedules and a finite oxygen supply. Additionally, patients must attach long,
cumbersome tubing to their stationary concentrators simply to enable mobility within their homes. The Company’s proprietary Inogen
One® systems concentrate the air around the patient to offer a single source of supplemental oxygen anytime, anywhere with a
portable device weighing approximately 2.8, 4.8 or 7.0 pounds with a single battery. The Company’s Inogen One G4®, Inogen One
G3® and Inogen One G2® have up to 2.6, 4.7 and 5.0 hours of battery life, respectively, with a single battery and can be plugged into
an outlet when at home, in a car, or in a public place with outlets available. The Company’s Inogen One systems reduce the patient’s
reliance on stationary concentrators and scheduled deliveries of tanks with a finite supply of oxygen, thereby improving patient quality
of life and fostering mobility.

Portable oxygen concentrators represented the fastest-growing segment of the Medicare oxygen therapy market between 2012 and
2016. The Company estimates based on 2016 Medicare data that the number of patients using portable oxygen concentrators
represented approximately 9.1% of the total addressable oxygen market in the United States, although the Medicare data does not
account for private insurance and cash-pay patients in the market. Based on 2016 industry data, the Company believes it was the
leading worldwide manufacturer of portable oxygen concentrators. The Company believes it is the only manufacturer of portable
oxygen concentrators that employs a direct-to-consumer strategy in the United States, meaning the Company markets its products to
patients, processes their physician paperwork, provides clinical support as needed and bills Medicare or insurance on their behalf. To
pursue a direct-to-consumer strategy, the Company’s manufacturing competitors would need to meet national accreditation and state-
by-state licensing requirements and secure Medicare billing privileges including Medicare competitive bidding contracts, as well as
compete with the home medical equipment providers who many of the Company’s manufacturing competitors sell to across their
entire homecare business.

Since adopting the Company’s direct-to-consumer strategy in 2009 following its acquisition of Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC,
which had an active Medicare billing number but few other assets and limited business activities, the Company has directly sold or
rented more than 362,000 of its Inogen oxygen concentrators as of December 31, 2017.

The Company incorporated Inogen Europe Holding B.V., a Dutch limited liability company, on April 13, 2017. The Company owns
all outstanding stock of Inogen Europe Holding B.V., which became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

On May 4, 2017, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Inogen Europe Holding B.V., acquired all issued and
outstanding capital stock of MedSupport Systems B.V. (MedSupport) for approximately $5,831 comprised of $5,779 of cash paid at
closing and net working capital adjustments of approximately $52 paid in the fourth quarter of 2017. In aggregate, $1,337 was cash
acquired, $1,529 was attributed to intangible assets, $2,154 was attributed to goodwill, and $811 was attributed to net assets assumed.
MedSupport is engaged in the business of importing and distributing medical devices throughout Europe. The acquisition allows the
Company to add a European customer support and repair site in the Netherlands and is currently operating as Inogen Europe B.V.
Goodwill associated with this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes in the Netherlands. Acquisition expenses of approximately
$370 were expensed in 2017 and classified within general and administrative expense. Pro forma results of operations for this
acquisition have not been presented because they are not material to the consolidated results of operations, either individually or in
aggregate.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).

F-9

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Inogen, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Accounting estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management bases
these estimates and assumptions upon historical experience, existing and known circumstances, authoritative accounting
pronouncements and other factors that management believes to be reasonable. Significant areas requiring the use of management
estimates relate to revenue recognition, inventory and rental asset valuations and write-downs, accounts receivable allowances for bad
debts, returns and adjustments, warranty expense, stock compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, income tax provision
and uncertain tax positions, fair value of financial instruments, and fair value of acquired intangible assets and goodwill. Actual
results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue

The Company generates revenue primarily from sales and rentals of its products. The Company’s products consist of its proprietary
line of oxygen concentrators and related accessories. Other revenue, which is included in sales revenue on the Statements of
Comprehensive Income, comes from service contracts, extended warranty contracts and freight revenue for product shipments.

Sales revenue

Revenue from product sales is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is
reasonably assured. Revenue from product sales is generally recognized upon shipment of the product but is deferred if risk of loss
and ownership has not yet transferred to the customer. Provisions for estimated returns are made at the time revenue is recognized.
Provisions for standard warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue on the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income, are also provided for at the time revenue is recognized.

Revenue from the sale of the Company’s services is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of
the receivables is reasonably assured. Other revenue from sale of replacement parts and non-warranty repair services is recognized
when product is shipped to customers.

Accruals for estimated standard warranty expenses are made at the time that the associated revenue is recognized. The provisions for
estimated returns and warranty obligations are made based on known claims and estimates of additional returns and warranty
obligations based on historical data and future expectations. The Company’s accrued warranty liability was $6,171 and $3,480 for
future warranty costs as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

The Company also offers a lifetime warranty for direct-to-consumer sales of its portable concentrators. For a fixed price, the Company
agrees to provide a fully functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining life of the patient. Lifetime warranties are only offered to
patients upon the initial sale of portable oxygen concentrators by the Company and are non-transferable. Product sales with lifetime
warranties are considered to be multiple element arrangements within the scope of the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 605-
25—Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element Arrangements.

There are two deliverables when a product that includes a lifetime warranty is sold. The first deliverable is the oxygen concentrator
equipment which comes with a standard warranty of three years. The second deliverable is the lifetime warranty that provides for a
functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining lifetime of the patient. These two deliverables qualify as separate units of
accounting.

The revenue is allocated to the two deliverables on a relative selling price method. The Company has vendor-specific objective
evidence of the selling price for its equipment. To determine the selling price of the lifetime warranty, the Company uses its best
estimate of the selling price for that deliverable as the lifetime warranty is neither separately priced nor is the selling price available
through third-party evidence. To calculate the selling price associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit
margins of the overall business, the average estimated cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties. A significant
estimate used to calculate the price and expense of lifetime warranties is the average life expectancy of oxygen therapy patients. Based
on clinical studies, the Company estimates that 60% of its patients will succumb to their disease within three years of initial diagnosis.

F-10

Given the approximate mortality rate of 20% per year, the Company estimates on average its patients will succumb to their disease
within five years of initial diagnosis. The Company has taken into consideration that when patients decide to buy an Inogen portable
oxygen concentrator with a lifetime warranty, they typically have already been on oxygen for a period of time, which can have a large
impact on their life expectancy from the time the Company’s product is deployed.

After applying the relative selling price method, revenue from equipment sales is recognized when all other revenue recognition
criteria for product sales are met. Lifetime warranty revenue is recognized using the straight-line method during the fourth and fifth
year after the delivery of the equipment which is the estimated usage period of the contract based on the average patient life
expectancy.

Shipping and handling costs for sold products and rental assets shipped to the Company’s customers are included on the Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income as part of cost of sales revenue and cost of rental revenue, respectively.

Revenue from the sale of former rental assets is generally recognized upon shipment but is deferred if risk of loss and ownership has
not yet transferred to the customer, when collectability is reasonably assured, and other revenue recognition criteria are met. When a
rental unit is sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gains or losses
are included in general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Rental revenue

The Company recognizes equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated
adjustments, in accordance with ASC 840—Leases. The Company has separate contracts with each patient that are not subject to a
master lease agreement with any third-party payor. The Company evaluates the individual lease contracts at lease inception and the
start of each monthly renewal period to determine if there is reasonable assurance that the bargain renewal option associated with the
potential capped free rental period would be exercised. Historically, the exercise of such bargain renewal option is not reasonably
assured at lease inception and most subsequent monthly lease renewal periods. If the Company determines that the reasonable
assurance threshold for an individual patient is met at lease inception or at a monthly lease renewal period, such determination would
impact the bargain renewal period for an individual lease. The Company would first consider the lease classification issue (sales-type
lease or operating lease) and then appropriately recognize or defer rental revenue over the lease term, which may include a portion of
the capped rental period. The Company deferred $0 associated with the capped rental period as of December 31, 2017 and
December 31, 2016.

The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under
reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of the
industry and the reimbursement environment in which the Company operates, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and
accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as
additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of
reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such
adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. The Company
adjusts revenue for historical trends on revenue adjustments due to timely filings, deaths, hospice, and other types of analyzable
adjustments on a monthly basis. Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts which provides for those
accounts from which payment is not expected to be received although product was delivered and revenue was earned. The
determination that an account is uncollectible and the ultimate write-off of that account occurs once collection is considered to be
highly unlikely, and it is written-off and charged to the allowance at that time. Amounts billed but not earned due to the timing of the
billing cycle are deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the monthly billing period. For example, if the first
day of the billing period does not fall on the first of the month, then a portion of the monthly billing period will fall in the subsequent
month and the related revenue and cost would be deferred based on the service days in the following month.

Rental revenue is recognized as earned, less estimated adjustments. Revenue not billed at the end of the period is reviewed for the
likelihood of collections and accrued. The rental revenue stream is not guaranteed and payment will cease if the patient no longer
needs oxygen or returns the equipment. Revenue recognized is at full estimated allowable amounts; transfers to secondary insurances
or patient responsibility have no net effect on revenue. Rental revenue is earned for that entire month if the patient is on service on the
first day of the 30-day period commencing on the recurring date of service for a particular claim, regardless if there is a change in
condition or death after that date.

Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts for which the revenue recognition criteria had been met as of period-end but were not
yet billed to the payor. The estimate of net unbilled rental revenue recognized is based on historical trends and estimates of future
collectability. In addition, the Company estimates potential future adjustments and write-offs of these unbilled amounts and includes
these estimates in the allowance for adjustments and write-offs of rental revenue which is netted against gross receivables.

F-11

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts
payable and accrued expenses. The carrying values of its financial instruments approximate fair value based on their short-term nature.

Imputed interest associated with the Company’s non-interest bearing debt was insignificant and was appropriately recognized in the
respective periods.

Fair value accounting

ASC 820- Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures creates a single definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value in U.S. GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-
based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and states that a fair value measurement is to estimate the price at which an
orderly transaction to sell an asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date
under current market conditions. Assets and liabilities adjusted to fair value in the balance sheet are categorized based upon the level
of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Level inputs, as defined by ASC 820, are as follows:

Level input Input definition

Level 1

Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.

Level 2

Level 3

Inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration
with market data at the measurement date.

Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset
or liability at the measurement date.

The Company obtained the fair value of its available-for-sale investments, which are not in active markets, from a third-party
professional pricing service using quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments, rather than direct observations of
quoted prices in active markets. The Company's professional pricing service gathers observable inputs for all of its fixed income
securities from a variety of industry data providers (e.g., large custodial institutions) and other third-party sources. Once the
observable inputs are gathered, all data points are considered and the fair value is determined. The Company validates the quoted
market prices provided by its primary pricing service by comparing their assessment of the fair values against the fair values provided
by its investment managers. The Company's investment managers use similar techniques to its professional pricing service to derive
pricing as described above. As all significant inputs were observable, derived from observable information in the marketplace or
supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace, the Company has classified its available-for-sale
investments within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

F-12

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level for the assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for cash,
cash equivalents and marketable securities:

(amounts in thousands)
Cash....................................................... $
Level 1:
Money market accounts ........................

As of December 31, 2017

Adjusted
cost

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair value

Cash
and cash
equivalents

Marketable

securities

46,237 $

— $

46,237 $

93,430

—

93,430

Level 2:
Certificates of deposit ...........................
Corporate bonds ....................................
Agency mortgage-backed securities .....
U.S. Treasury securities ........................
Total ...................................................... $

11,010
20,789
2,005
499
173,970 $

(4)
(21)
(1)
—
(26) $

11,006
20,768
2,004
499
173,944 $

490
2,796
—
—

142,953 $

—

10,516
17,972
2,004
499
30,991

(amounts in thousands)
Cash....................................................... $
Level 1:
Money market accounts ........................

As of December 31, 2016

Adjusted
cost

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair value

Cash
and cash
equivalents

Marketable

securities

48,533 $

— $

48,533 $

39,277

—

39,277

—

Level 2:
Certificates of deposit ...........................
Corporate bonds
Agency mortgage-backed securities .....
Total ...................................................... $

15,904
10,200
—
113,914 $

(8)
(22)
—
(30) $

15,896
10,178
—

113,884 $

5,041
—
—
92,851 $

10,855
10,178
—
21,033

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the Company’s investments in marketable securities, accounted for as
available-for-sale securities and classified by the contractual maturity date of the securities:

(amounts in thousands)
Due within one year...................................................................................................................................................... $
Due in one year through five years...............................................................................................................................
Total.............................................................................................................................................................................. $

December 31,
2017

30,991
—
30,991

Derivative instruments and hedging activities

The Company transacts business in foreign currencies and has international sales and expenses denominated in foreign currencies,
subjecting the Company to foreign currency risk. The Company has entered into foreign currency forward contracts, generally with
maturities of twelve months or less, to reduce the volatility of cash flows primarily related to forecasted revenue denominated in
certain foreign currencies. These contracts allow the Company to sell Euros in exchange for U.S. dollars at specified contract rates.
Forward contracts are used to hedge forecasted sales over specific months. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts
designed as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) income within
stockholders’ equity and are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income during the period which
approximates the time the corresponding sales occur. The Company may also enter into foreign exchange contracts that are not
designated as hedging instruments for financial accounting purposes. These contracts are generally entered into to offset the gains and
losses on certain asset and liability balances until the expected time of repayment. Accordingly, any gains or losses resulting from
changes in the fair value of the non-designated contracts are reported in other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income. The gains and losses on these contracts generally offset the gains and losses associated with the underlying
foreign currency-denominated balances, which are also reported in other income (expense), net.

F-13

The Company records the assets or liabilities associated with derivative instruments and hedging activities at fair value based on Level
2 inputs in other current assets or other current liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company had a payable
of $66 and a receivable of $15 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company classifies the foreign currency
derivative instruments within Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as the valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and market
observable data of whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

The Company documents the hedging relationship and its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the
hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in
offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure
ineffectiveness. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness at a minimum quarterly but may assess it monthly. For
derivative instruments that are designed and qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss
on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the
hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components
excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current period earnings.

The Company will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in
offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedge risk. The cash flow hedge is de-designated because a forecasted transaction is not
probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge. In all situations in which hedge
accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on
the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in the fair value in earnings. When it is probable that a forecasted transaction
will not occur, the Company will discontinue hedge accounting and recognize immediately in earnings gains and losses that were
accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) related to the hedging relationship.

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016 ................ $
Other comprehensive gain (loss) ..................
Balance as of December 31, 2017 ................ $

Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments

Unrealized

gains (losses) on

available-for-
sale investments

Unrealized
gains (losses)
on cash
flow hedges

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)

— $
363
363 $

(82) $
65
(17) $

47 $

(121)
(74) $

(35)
307
272

Comprehensive income (loss) is the total net earnings and all other non-owner changes in equity. Except for net income and
unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges and available-for-sale investments, the Company does not have any transactions or
other economic events that qualify as comprehensive income (loss).

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

The Company considers all short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash
equivalents are recorded at cost plus accrued interest, which is considered adjusted cost, and approximates fair value. Certificates of
deposit are included in cash equivalents and marketable securities based on the maturity date of the security. Short-term investments
are included in marketable securities in the current period presentation.

The Company considers investments with maturities greater than three months, but less than one year, to be marketable securities.
Investments are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses, if any, reported, net of
tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). All income generated and realized gains or losses from investments are
recorded to other income (expense), net.

F-14

The Company reviews its investments to identify and evaluate investments that have an indication of possible impairment. Factors
considered in determining whether a loss is temporary include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the
cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, and the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment
for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. Credit losses and other-than-temporary
impairments are declines in fair value that are not expected to recover and are charged to other income (expense), net. Cash, cash
equivalents, and marketable securities consist of the following:

(amounts in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents

Cash .................................................................................................................... $
Money market accounts......................................................................................
Certificates of deposit.........................................................................................
Corporate bonds..................................................................................................
Total cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................ $
Marketable securities

Certificates of deposit......................................................................................... $
Corporate bonds..................................................................................................
Agency mortgage-backed securities...................................................................
U. S. Treasury securities.....................................................................................
Total marketable securities.................................................................................... $

December 31,

2017

2016

46,237
93,430
490
2,796
142,953

10,516
17,972
2,004
499
30,991

48,533
39,277
5,041
—
92,851

10,855
10,178
—
—
21,033

Accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns, and adjustments

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal sales and rental terms. The Company performs credit evaluations of
the customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a
level that, in management’s opinion, is adequate to absorb potential losses related to accounts receivable and is based upon the
Company’s continuous evaluation of the collectability of outstanding balances. Management’s evaluation takes into consideration
such factors as past bad debt experience, economic conditions and information about specific receivables. The Company’s evaluation
also considers the age and composition of the outstanding amounts in determining their net realizable value.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. As adjustments to
these estimates become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. This allowance is
increased by bad debt provisions charged to bad debt expense, net of recoveries, in operating expense and is reduced by direct write-
offs.

The Company generally does not allow returns from providers for reasons not covered under its standard warranty. Therefore,
provision for sales returns applies primarily to direct-to-consumer sales. This reserve is calculated based on actual historical return
rates under the Company’s 30-day return program and is applied to the related sales revenue for the last month of the quarter reported.

The Company also records an allowance for rental revenue adjustments which is recorded as a reduction of rental revenue and net
rental accounts receivable balances. These adjustments result from contractual adjustments, audit adjustments, untimely claims filings,
or billings not paid due to another provider performing same or similar functions for the patient in the same period, all of which
prevent billed revenue from becoming realizable. The reserve is based on historical revenue adjustments as a percentage of rental
revenue billed and unbilled during the related period.

When recording the allowance for doubtful accounts, the bad debt expense account (general and administrative expense account) is
charged; when recording allowance for sales returns, the sales returns account (contra sales revenue account) is charged; and when
recording the allowance for rental reserve adjustments, the rental revenue adjustments account (contra rental revenue account) is
charged.

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, included in accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets were earned but
unbilled receivables of $1,470 and $7,484, respectively. These balances reflect gross unbilled receivables prior to any allowances for
adjustments and write-offs. The Company consistently applies its allowance estimation methodology from period-to-period. The
Company’s best estimate is made on an accrual basis and adjusted in future periods as required. Any adjustments to the prior period
estimates are included in the current period. As additional information becomes known, the Company adjusts its assumptions
accordingly to change its estimate of the allowance. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company
had increases of $3,442 and $3,589, respectively, in the provision for bad debt and revenue adjustments related to prior years.

F-15

Gross accounts receivable balance concentrations by major category as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were as
follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Gross accounts receivable
Medicare............................................................................................ $
Medicaid/other government ..............................................................
Private insurance ...............................................................................
Patient responsibility.........................................................................
Business-to-business & other receivables (1) .....................................

Total gross accounts receivable ................................................... $

As of
December 31, 2017
%
$

2,247
295
1,411
2,283
28,474
34,710

6.5% $
0.8%
4.1%
6.6%
82.0%
100.0% $

As of
December 31, 2016
$
%
12,500
617
3,475
3,227
19,541
39,360

31.8%
1.6%
8.8%
8.2%
49.6%
100.0%

Net accounts receivable (gross accounts receivable, net of allowances) balance concentrations by major category as of December 31,
2017 and December 31, 2016 were as follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Net accounts receivable
Medicare............................................................................................ $
Medicaid/other government ..............................................................
Private insurance ...............................................................................
Patient responsibility.........................................................................
Business-to-business & other receivables (1).....................................

Total net accounts receivable ...................................................... $

As of
December 31, 2017
%
$

As of
December 31, 2016
%
$

1,501
244
1,249
1,218
27,232
31,444

4.7% $
0.8%
4.0%
3.9%
86.6%
100.0% $

7,208
410
1,832
2,538
18,840
30,828

23.4%
1.3%
6.0%
8.2%
61.1%
100.0%

(1) Business-to business receivables included one customer with an accounts receivable balance of $10,394 and $9,791 as of December 31, 2017
and December 31, 2016, respectively. This customer received extended payment terms through a direct financing plan offered. The Company
also has a credit insurance policy in place, which allocates up to $12,000 in coverage as of December 31, 2017 and allocated up to $9,000 in
coverage as of December 31, 2016 for this customer with a $1,000 deductible and 10% retention.

The following table sets forth the percentage breakdown of the Company’s net accounts receivable (gross accounts receivable net of
allowances) by aging category by invoice due date as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

(amounts in thousands)
Net accounts receivable by aging category
Held & Unbilled................................................................................ $
Aged 0-90 days .................................................................................
Aged 91-180 days .............................................................................
Aged 181-365 days ...........................................................................
Aged over 365 days...........................................................................

Total net accounts receivable ...................................................... $

As of
December 31, 2017
%
$

As of
December 31, 2016
%
$

537
29,237
435
602
633
31,444

1.7% $

93.0%
1.4%
1.9%
2.0%
100.0% $

4,163
22,634
1,452
1,801
778
30,828

13.5%
73.4%
4.7%
5.9%
2.5%
100.0%

The following table sets forth the accounts receivable allowances as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

(amounts in thousands)
Allowances - accounts receivable
Doubtful accounts ............................................................................. $
Rental revenue adjustments ..............................................................
Sales returns ......................................................................................

Total allowances - accounts receivable ....................................... $

As of
December 31, 2017
%
$

As of
December 31, 2016
%
$

1,415
947
904
3,266

4.1% $
2.7%
2.6%
9.4% $

1,869
6,078
585
8,532

4.7%
15.4%
1.5%
21.6%

F-16

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents,
marketable securities and accounts receivable. At times, cash account balances may be in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). However, management believes the risk of loss to be minimal. The Company performs
periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these institutions and has not experienced any losses on its cash and cash
equivalents to date. The Company has also entered into hedging relationships with a single counterparty to offset the forecasted Euro-
based revenues. The credit risk has been reduced due to a net settlement arrangement whereby the Company is allowed to net settle
transactions with a single net amount payable by one party to the other.

Concentration of customers and vendors

The Company primarily sells its products to traditional home medical equipment providers, distributors, and resellers in the United
States and in foreign countries on a credit basis. The Company also sells its products direct to consumers on a primarily prepayment
basis. One single customer represented more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue for 2017 and 2016, and no single customer
represented more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue for 2015. Two customers with accounts receivable balances of $10,394
and $6,459, respectively, represented more than 10% of the Company’s net accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2017, and
one single customer with an accounts receivable balance of $9,791, represented more than 10% of the Company’s total net accounts
receivable balance as of December 31, 2016.

The Company also rents products directly to consumers for insurance reimbursement, which resulted in a customer concentration
relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. Medicare’s service reimbursement programs accounted for 73.0%, 72.6% and
73.7% of rental revenue in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and based on total revenue was 7.0%, 12.4% and 21.0% for 2017, 2016
and 2015, respectively. Net accounts receivable balances relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs (including held and
unbilled receivables, net of allowances) amounted to $1,501 or 4.7% of total net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2017 as
compared to $7,208 or 23.4% of total net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2016.

The Company currently purchases raw materials from a limited number of vendors, which resulted in a concentration of three major
vendors. The three major vendors supply the Company with raw materials used to manufacture the Company’s products. For 2017,
the Company’s three major vendors accounted for 19.7%, 15.4% and 9.5%, respectively, of total raw material purchases. For 2016,
the Company’s three major vendors accounted for 21.0%, 15.6% and 8.6%, respectively, of total raw material purchases.

A portion of revenue is earned from sales outside the United States. Approximately 73.5% of the non-U.S. revenue for 2017 were
invoiced in Euros. A breakdown of the Company’s revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. sources for the years ended December 31, 2017,
2016 and 2015 is as follows:

(amounts in thousands)
U.S. revenue....................................................................................... $
Non-U.S. revenue...............................................................................
Total revenue ..................................................................................... $

2017

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

193,919
55,519
249,438

152,723
50,106
202,829

123,660
35,345
159,005

F-17

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a standard cost method,
including material, labor and manufacturing overhead, whereby the standard costs are updated at least quarterly to reflect approximate
actual costs using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company records adjustments at least quarterly to inventory for potentially
excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items. The Company recorded noncurrent inventory related to inventories that are expected
to be realized or consumed after one year of $644 and $314 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, classified within other
assets. Noncurrent inventories are primarily related to raw materials purchased in bulk to support long-term expected repairs to reduce
costs and are classified in other assets. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, $1,055, $1,454 and $1,449,
respectively, of inventory was transferred to rental equipment and was included in the total amount of rental equipment produced and
purchased on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Inventories that are considered current consist of the following:

(amounts in thousands)
Raw materials and work-in-progress .......................................................................... $
Finished goods ............................................................................................................
Less: reserves ..............................................................................................................
Inventories................................................................................................................... $

December 31,

2017

2016

16,324
2,917
(399)
18,842

12,382
2,152
(191)
14,343

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the assets’
estimated useful lives as follows:

Rental equipment........................................................................................ 1.5-5 years
Manufacturing equipment and tooling ....................................................... 2-5 years
Computer equipment and software............................................................. 2-3 years
Furniture and equipment............................................................................. 3-5 years
Leasehold improvements............................................................................ Lesser of estimated useful life or remaining lease term

Expenditures for additions, improvements and replacements are capitalized and depreciated to a salvage value of $0. Repair and
maintenance costs on rental equipment are included in cost of rental revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income. Repair and maintenance expense, which includes labor, parts and freight, for rental equipment was $2,385, $2,464 and $2,520
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Included within property and equipment is construction in process, primarily related to the design and engineering of tooling, jigs and
other machinery. In addition, this item also includes computer software or development costs that have been purchased but have not
completed the final configuration process for implementation into the Company’s systems. These items have not been placed in
service; therefore, no depreciation or amortization was recognized for these items in the respective periods.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to rental equipment and other property and equipment are summarized below for the
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

(amounts in thousands)
Rental equipment.............................................................................. $
Other property and equipment..........................................................
Total depreciation and amortization ................................................. $

2017

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

9,835
1,960
11,795

11,429
2,028
13,457

11,965
1,961
13,926

F-18

Property and equipment and rental equipment with associated accumulated depreciation is summarized below as of December 31,
2017 and 2016, respectively.

(amounts in thousands)
Property and equipment
Rental equipment, net of allowances of $754 and $725, respectively ........................................ $
Other property and equipment.....................................................................................................
Property and equipment...............................................................................................................

Accumulated depreciation
Rental equipment.........................................................................................................................
Other property and equipment.....................................................................................................
Accumulated depreciation ...........................................................................................................

Property and equipment, net
Rental equipment, net of allowances of $754 and $725, respectively ........................................
Other property and equipment.....................................................................................................
Property and equipment, net........................................................................................................ $

December 31,

2017

2016

49,349 $
15,219
64,568

34,754
9,711
44,465

14,595
5,508
20,103 $

54,582
12,633
67,215

33,937
8,079
42,016

20,645
4,554
25,199

Long-lived assets

The Company accounts for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360-Property, Plant, and
Equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be held are reviewed for events or changes in circumstances that
indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to
determine whether or not impairment to such value has occurred. No impairments were recorded as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1. Interim testing of goodwill for impairment is also required
whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or asset
below its carrying amount.

Business combinations

The results of operations of the businesses acquired by the Company are included as of the acquisition date. The purchase price of an
acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of
acquisition. To the extent the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, such excess is allocated to goodwill. The Company may adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation, as
necessary, for up to one year after the acquisition closing date if it obtains more information regarding asset valuations and liabilities
assumed. Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.

Loss contingencies

The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business.
The Company records a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be
reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. The Company
reviews at least quarterly and adjusts accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel,
and updated information. At this time, the Company has no accrual related to lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings.

Deferred rent

The Company’s operating leases for its office facilities in California, Texas and Ohio include a rent abatement period and scheduled
rent increases. The Company has accounted for the leases to provide straight-line charges to operations over the life of the leases.

Research and development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

F-19

Advertising costs

Advertising costs, which approximated $12,511, $6,215 and $4,686 during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively, are expensed as incurred, excluding the production costs of direct response commercials. Advertising costs are included
in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740—Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized
for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current period and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the future
tax consequences of transactions that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. A
valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainties in income tax in accordance with ASC 740-10—Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.
ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of
a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This accounting standard also provides guidance on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, within its income tax provision. No significant interest or penalties
were recognized during the periods presented.

On December 22, 2017, TCJA was enacted into law, which significantly changes existing U.S. tax law and includes numerous
provisions that affect the Company’s business. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 34% to 21%
effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, expensing of capital expenditures, the transition of U.S. international
taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of
cumulative foreign earnings, and limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation and other deductions. The
Company is required to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment, including the transition tax, re-
measuring the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as reassessing the net realizability of the Company’s deferred
tax assets and liabilities. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a provisional net charge of $7,578 related to the
TCJA due to the remeasurement of the deferred taxes. The one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign
earnings was determined to be immaterial.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718-Compensation—Stock Compensation, which
establishes accounting for share-based awards, exchanged for employee services and requires companies to expense the estimated fair
value of these awards over the requisite employee service period. Stock–based compensation cost for stock options and employee
stock purchase plan are determined at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Stock-based compensation cost for
stock incentive awards is based on the amount of shares ultimately expected to vest, estimated at each reporting date based on
management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria. The value of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is
recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the employee’s requisite service period.

As part of the provisions of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust
compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that
actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a
cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be
recognized in future periods.

Foreign currency

The functional currency of the Company’s international subsidiaries is the local currency. The financial statements of the subsidiaries
are translated to U.S. dollars using month-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities, and average rates of exchange for revenues,
cost of revenue, operating expense and provision for income taxes. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) as a component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses resulting from
the conversion of the transaction currency to functional currency are reflected as a component of foreign currency exchange gains or
losses in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

F-20

Business segments

The Company operates and reports in only one operating and reportable segment – development, manufacturing, marketing, sales, and
rental of respiratory products. Management reports financial information on a consolidated basis to the Company’s chief operating
decision maker.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share (EPS) is computed in accordance with ASC 260-Earnings per Share and is calculated using the weighted-average
number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential
common stock equivalents (which can include dilution of outstanding stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards)
unless the effect is to reduce a loss or increase the income per share. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to
repurchase by the Company, options are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted
earnings per share when their effect is dilutive.

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the Company’s weighted-average outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share
is calculated using the Company’s weighted-average outstanding common shares including the dilutive effect of stock awards as
determined under the treasury stock method.

The computation of EPS is as follows:

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Numerator—basic and diluted:
Net income .................................................................................................... $

Years ended December 31,
2016

2017

2015

21,002 $

20,519 $

11,585

Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock (1) .....................
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock ........................

20,683,807
21,897,988

20,067,152
21,095,867

19,398,991
20,708,170

Net income per share - basic common stock ................................................ $
Net income per share - diluted common stock ............................................. $

1.02 $
0.96 $

1.02 $
0.97 $

0.60
0.56

Denominator calculation from basic to diluted:

Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock (1)...................
Warrants .....................................................................................................
Stock options and other dilutive awards ....................................................
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock...................

Shares excluded from diluted weighted-average shares:
Stock options.................................................................................................
Restricted stock units and restricted stock awards........................................
Shares excluded from diluted weighted-average shares ...............................

20,683,807
—
1,214,181
21,897,988

20,067,152
—
1,028,715
21,095,867

37,249
26,064
63,313

841,760
—
841,760

19,398,991
10,579
1,298,600
20,708,170

744,301
—
744,301

(1) Unvested restricted stock units and restricted stock awards are not included as shares outstanding in the calculation of basic

earnings per share. Vested restricted stock units and restricted stock awards are included in basic earnings per share if all vesting
and performance criteria have been met. Performance-based restricted stock units and restricted stock awards are included in the
number of shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share as long as all applicable performance criteria are met, and their
effect is dilutive. Restricted stock awards are eligible to receive all dividends declared on the Company’s common shares during
the vesting period; however, such dividends are not paid until the restrictions lapse.

The computations of diluted net income attributable to common stockholders exclude common stock options, restricted stock units,
and restricted stock awards, which were anti-dilutive for the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes nearly all existing
revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised

F-21

goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for
those goods or services. ASU No. 2014-09 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment
and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. In August 2015,
the FASB decided to delay the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year. The FASB also agreed to allow entities to choose to
adopt the standard as of the original effective date. As such, the updated standard will be effective for the Company in the first quarter
of 2018. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue with Contracts with Customers: Principal versus Agent
Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), which is an amendment to ASU No. 2014-09 that improved the operability and
understandability of implementation guidance versus agent considerations by clarifying the determination of principal versus agent.
The new standard also permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective
method), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application
(the modified retrospective method). The Company has completed its adoption plan including assessment of the Company’s revenue
streams and analysis of all outstanding contracts by application of the five-step model to those contracts and revenue streams. The
Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method. The Company finalized its analysis and
the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and internal controls over
financial reporting.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new guidance will require organizations that lease
assets—referred to as “lessees”—to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by
those leases with lease terms of more than twelve months. This will increase the reported assets and liabilities – in some cases very
significantly. ASU No. 2016-02 will take effect for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years,
beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption will be permitted for all entities. In January 2018, the FASB issued ASU No.
2018-01, Land Easement Practice Expedient for Transition to Topic 842, which is an amendment to ASU No. 2016-02 that offers a
practical expedient for accounting for land easements. This practice expedient allows an entity the option of not evaluating existing
land easements under ASC 842. New or modified land easements will still require evaluation under ASC 842 on a prospective basis
beginning on the date of adoption. While the Company continues to evaluate the effect of adopting this guidance on the consolidated
financial statements and related disclosures, the Company expects its operating leases, as disclosed in Note 7 – Commitments and
contingencies, will be subject to the new standard. The Company intends to recognize right-of-use assets and operating lease
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets upon adoption, which will increase our total assets and liabilities.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Accounting for Credit Losses (Topic 326). The new standard requires the use of an
“expected loss” model on certain types of financial instruments. The standard also amends the impairment model for available-for-
sale debt securities and requires estimated credit losses to be recorded as allowances instead of reductions to amortized cost of the
securities. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years, with early
adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the new guidance but does not expect it to have a material impact on the Company’s
consolidated financial statement presentation or results.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The new guidance revises the definition
of a business and provides new guidance in evaluating when a set of transferred assets and activities is a business. The ASU is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted.
The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the new guidance but does not expect it to have a material impact on the Company’s
consolidated financial statement presentation or results.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The new guidance eliminates
step two of the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, an entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by
which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the new guidance but does not expect it to
have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement presentation or results.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging, which changes both the designation and measurement
guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results, in order to better align an entity’s risk
management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships. The amendments expand and refine hedge accounting for
both nonfinancial and financial risk components and align the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument
and the hedged item in the financial statements. ASU No. 2017-12 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December
15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, with early adoption permitted. The Company is still
evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and has not yet determined whether the
Company will early adopt ASU No. 2017-12.

In January 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income. The new guidance permits entities the option to reclassify tax effects that are stranded in accumulated other comprehensive

F-22

income as a result of the implementation of the TCJA to retained earnings. The Company is currently evaluating the effective of the
new guidance but does not expect it to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement presentation or
results.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The ASU requires entities to measure
most inventory “at the lower of cost and net realizable value” thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must
measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2017. The adoption of this ASU
did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial presentation or results.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230). The standard is intended to reduce
diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this
guidance during the fourth quarter of 2017. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated
financial presentation or results.

3. Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2017 were as follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016 .................................................................................................................................... $
Acquisition .......................................................................................................................................................................
Translation adjustment .....................................................................................................................................................
Balance as of December 31, 2017 .................................................................................................................................... $

—
2,154
209
2,363

Intangible assets

There were no impairments recorded related to the Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. Amortization
expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $507, $101 and $86 respectively.

The following tables represent the changes in net carrying values of the intangibles as of the respective dates:

(amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2017
Licenses ..........................................................................
Patents and websites .......................................................
Customer relationships ...................................................
Non-compete agreement .................................................
Commercials ...................................................................
Total ................................................................................

(amounts in thousands)
December 31, 2016
Licenses ..........................................................................
Patents and websites .......................................................
Commercials ...................................................................
Total ................................................................................

Gross
carrying
amount

Accumulated
amortization

Net amount

185 $

4,173
1,437
240
303
6,338 $

137 $
959
240
52
233
1,621 $

48
3,214
1,197
188
70
4,717

Gross
carrying
amount

Accumulated
amortization

Net amount

185 $
873
287
1,345 $

118 $
810
176
1,104 $

67
63
111
241

Average
estimated
useful lives
(in years)
10
5
4
3
2-3

Average
estimated
useful lives
(in years)
10
5
2-3

F-23

Annual estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Years ending December 31,
2018..........................................................................................................................................
2019..........................................................................................................................................
2020..........................................................................................................................................
2021..........................................................................................................................................
2022..........................................................................................................................................
Thereafter .................................................................................................................................
Total .........................................................................................................................................

4. Current liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:

(amounts in thousands)
Accounts payable .................................................................................................................................... $
Accrued inventory (in-transit and unvouchered receipts) and trade payables ........................................
Accrued purchasing card liability ...........................................................................................................
Accrued franchise, sales and use taxes ...................................................................................................
Other accrued expenses...........................................................................................................................

Accounts payable and accrued expenses ........................................................................................ $

Accrued payroll as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:

(amounts in thousands)
Accrued bonuses ..................................................................................................................................... $
Accrued wages and other payroll related items ......................................................................................
Accrued vacation.....................................................................................................................................

Accrued payroll............................................................................................................................... $

5. Income taxes

The components of the Company’s income before provision for income taxes are as follows:

Intangible
amortization

1,193
1,138
1,055
786
545
—
4,717

December 31,

2017

2016

9,541 $
7,252
2,381
479
973
20,626 $

5,738
4,290
1,760
281
726
12,795

December 31,

2017

2016

3,086 $
2,453
1,338
6,877 $

3,643
1,360
1,120
6,123

(amounts in thousands)

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

United States .................................................................................................. $
Foreign ...........................................................................................................
Income before provision for income taxes ....................................................... $

29,121 $
535
29,656 $

22,725 $
—
22,725 $

14,727
—
14,727

F-24

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

(amounts in thousands)
Current tax expense (benefit)

Federal............................................................................................................ $
State................................................................................................................
Foreign ...........................................................................................................
Total current tax expense (benefit) ...................................................................
Deferred tax expense (benefit)

Federal............................................................................................................
State................................................................................................................
Foreign ...........................................................................................................
Total deferred tax expense................................................................................
Tax benefit for change in valuation allowance.................................................
Total deferred tax expense, net.........................................................................
Income tax expense........................................................................................... $

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

(amounts in thousands)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Accrued expenses ....................................................................................................... $
Net operating loss and credit carryforward ................................................................
Allowance, reserves and other ...................................................................................
Stock-based compensation .........................................................................................
Deferred tax assets .....................................................................................................
Valuation allowance ...................................................................................................
Net deferred tax assets................................................................................................
Property, plant, and equipment ..................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................................... $

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

245 $
240
206
691

8,709
92
(71)
8,730
(767)
7,963
8,654 $

451 $
776
—
1,227

1,357
590
—
1,947
(968)
979
2,206 $

As of
December 31,

2017

2016

5,669 $
10,378
3,301
2,598
21,946
—
21,946
(3,658)
18,288 $

(140)
102
—
(38)

3,639
705
—
4,344
(1,164)
3,180
3,142

6,199
16,505
8,690
2,378
33,772
(767)
33,005
(6,351)
26,654

Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the last three years is as follows:

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

U.S. Statutory rate ........................................................................................
State income taxes, net of federal benefit ....................................................
Stock-based compensation ...........................................................................
Change in valuation allowance ....................................................................
R&D credit, net of reserve ...........................................................................
Expiration of net operating losses ................................................................
Reassessment of prior year APIC benefit ....................................................
Effect of U.S tax law change........................................................................
Other.............................................................................................................
Effective income tax rate...........................................................................

34.00%
0.37
(30.40)
(2.59)
(1.43)
2.76
—
25.55
0.92
29.18%

34.00%
0.88
(23.74)
(4.26)
(1.75)
4.51
—
—
0.07
9.71%

34.00%
2.00
0.65
(7.91)
(2.97)
1.17
(3.11)
—
(2.50)
21.33%

F-25

tax assets and liabilities. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a provisional net charge of $7,578 related to the
TCJA due to the remeasurement of the deferred taxes. The one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign
earnings was determined to be immaterial.

Given the significant complexity of the TCJA, the Company will continue to evaluate and analyze the impact of this legislation. New
guidance from regulators, interpretation of the law, and refinement of the Company’s estimates from ongoing analysis of data and tax
positions may change the provisional amounts.

The Company operates in several taxing jurisdictions, including U.S. federal, multiple U.S. states and the Netherlands. The statute of
limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2014 for federal and 2013 to 2014 for various state tax purposes. However, the net
operating loss generated on the Company’s federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal and
state tax authorities.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $29,941 and $5,717 of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively,
that begin to expire in 2023 and 2028 for federal and state purposes, respectively, if not utilized. As of December 31, 2017, the
Company had federal and California research and development credit carryforward of $2,181 and $2,197, respectively. The federal
credit will begin to expire in 2022; the California credit has indefinite carryforward.

The Company’s existing net operating losses (NOLs) and credit carryforwards are subject to limitations arising from ownership
changes subject to the provisions of Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and if the Company
undergoes one or more future ownership changes, the Company’s ability to utilize these carryforwards could be further limited.

The Company assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be
generated to permit the use of deferred tax assets. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company released $767 of the
valuation allowance that had been established against California net operating losses that expired during the year.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company was able to determine that, based upon future projections of income, it is more
likely than not that all of its federal NOLs will be utilized before they expire. However, the Company determined that it is more likely
than not that some of its California NOLs will expire unused and therefore the Company had a valuation allowance of $767 relating to
these NOLs as of December 31, 2016. In the current period, the Company released (or reversed) $767 of the California NOLs
valuation allowance due to expiration of California NOLs.

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No significant
interest or penalties were recognized during the periods presented.

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, are $1,062, $934 and $773,
respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Reconciliation of liability for unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at beginning of period .......................................................................... $
Additions based on tax positions related to current year ...................................
Additions for tax positions of prior years ..........................................................

Balance at end of period.................................................................................. $

2017

December 31,
2016

2015

934 $
128
—
1,062 $

773 $
161
—
934 $

577
176
20
773

6. Stockholders’ equity

Common stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever
funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of other classes of stock
outstanding.

F-26

Preferred stock

Pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed by the Company in connection with the completion of its initial
public offering, the Company’s board of directors is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more
series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include
dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of
shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock.
The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such
holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in the Company’s control or other corporate action. As of December 31, 2017, no
shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding, and the board of directors has not authorized or designated any rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions for any class of preferred stock.

Dividends

There were no dividends declared during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Stock incentive plans

The Company has a 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (2002 Plan) as amended, under which the Company granted options to purchase shares
of its common stock. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 83,133 shares of common stock remained outstanding under the
2002 Plan. The 2002 Plan was terminated in March 2012 in connection with the adoption of the 2012 Plan, and, accordingly, no new
options are available for issuance under this plan. The 2002 Plan continues to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

The Company has a 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (2012 Plan) under which the Company granted options to purchase shares of its
common stock. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 317,941 shares of common stock remained outstanding under the 2012
Plan. The 2012 Plan was terminated in connection with the Company’s initial public offering in February 2014, and accordingly, no
new options are available for issuance under this plan. The 2012 Plan continues to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

The Company has a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (2014 Plan) that provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning
of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to the Company’s employees and any parent and subsidiary corporation’s employees,
and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation
rights, performance units and performance shares to its employees, directors and consultants and its parent and subsidiary
corporations’ employees and consultants.

As of December 31, 2017, awards with respect to 1,532,063 shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding, and 1,151,661
shares of common stock remained available for issuance under the 2014 Plan. The shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan
will be increased by any shares returned to the 2002 Plan, 2012 Plan and the 2014 Plan as a result of expiration or termination of
awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to such previously granted awards
under the 2002 Plan and 2012 Plan is 2,328,569 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan also is
increased annually on the first day of each fiscal year by an amount equal to the least of:

(cid:129)

895,346 shares;

4% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of the Company’s immediately preceding fiscal year; or

such other amount as the Company’s board of directors may determine.

For 2017, an additional 815,594 shares were added to the 2014 Plan share reserve pursuant to the provision described above.

Stock options

Options typically expire between seven and ten years from the date of grant and vest over one to four year terms. Options have been
granted to employees, directors and consultants of the Company, as determined by the board of directors, at the deemed fair market
value of the shares underlying the options at the date of grant.

F-27

The activity for stock options under the Company’s stock plans is as follows:

Weighted-

Remaining
weighted-
Per share
average
average contractual average
intrinsic
terms
exercise
value
(in years)

price

Options

Price per
share

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014.............................. 2,261,633 $0.60-$24.52 $

Granted...........................................................................
Exercised ........................................................................
Forfeited .........................................................................

759,301
(676,715)
(48,849)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2015.............................. 2,295,370
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2015 ...............
933,707
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2015........ 2,179,294

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015.............................. 2,295,370
683,998
(570,079)
(53,247)
(515)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016.............................. 2,355,527
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2016 ............... 1,023,865
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2016........ 2,259,811

37.10-46.66
0.60-24.52
0.75-38.54
0.60-46.66
0.60-46.66
0.60-46.66

0.60-46.66
44.19-58.95
0.60-46.66
1.17-44.19
8.70
0.60-58.95
0.60-46.66
0.60-46.66

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016.............................. 2,355,527
64,498
(520,393)
(63,173)
(33)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017.............................. 1,836,426
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2017 ............... 1,176,504
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2017........ 1,792,871 $0.60-$83.30 $

0.60-58.95
83.30
0.60-58.95
24.52-58.95
8.70
0.60-83.30
0.60-83.30

7.31
39.91
2.39
16.28
19.36
7.16
19.15

19.36
44.70
12.32
28.09
8.70
28.22
16.61
27.95

28.22
83.30
24.16
43.74
8.70
30.77
24.33
30.50

6.43 $

24.06

5.98
5.55
5.96

21.07
32.97
21.27

5.98

21.07

5.42
4.96
5.40

38.95
50.56
39.22

5.42

38.95

4.58
4.39
4.58 $

88.31
94.75
88.58

The unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock-based compensation granted under the Plans as of December 31,
2017, 2016 and 2015 was $9,690, $16,057 and $12,095, respectively.

Stock incentive awards

The Company grants restricted stock units (RSUs) and restricted stock awards (RSAs) under the 2014 Plan (Stock Awards). The Stock
Awards vest either based solely on the satisfaction of time-based service conditions or on the satisfaction of time-based service
conditions combined with performance criteria. Stock Awards are subject to forfeiture if the holder’s services to the Company
terminate before vesting.

Stock Awards granted with only time-based service vesting conditions generally vest over a four-year service period, as defined in the
terms of each award. Stock Awards that vest based on the satisfaction of time-based service conditions combined with performance
criteria generally vest over a three-year service and performance period, based on performance criteria established at the time of the
award. The portion of the Stock Award that is earned may equal or be less than the targeted number of shares subject to the Stock
Award depending on whether the performance criteria are met.

F-28

Stock Awards activity for the year ended December 31, 2017 is summarized below:

Performance
and
time-based

Total

Time-based

Unvested restricted stock units as of December 31, 2016 ...........................
Granted...................................................................................................
Vested.....................................................................................................
Forfeited/canceled ..................................................................................
Unvested restricted stock units as of December 31, 2017 ...........................
Unvested restricted stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2016....
Granted...................................................................................................
Vested.....................................................................................................
Forfeited/canceled ..................................................................................
Unvested restricted stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2017....
Unvested and expected to vest restricted stock awards outstanding as
of December 31, 2017 ..............................................................................

Weighted-
average
grant
date fair
value
per share
—
90.05
—
—
90.05
—
91.52
—
—
91.52

—
42,028
—
—
42,028
—
20,789
—
—
20,789

—

—
—

— $
13,109 55,137
—
—
13,109 55,137 $
— $
20,785 41,574
—
—
20,785 41,574 $

—
—

—

17,024

17,027 34,051 $

91.52

As of December 31, 2017, the unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested employee restricted stock units and restricted stock
awards was $6,040, excluding estimated forfeitures. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.1
years.

Employee stock purchase plan

The Company’s 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) provides for the grant to all eligible employees an option to purchase
stock under the ESPP, within the meaning Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The ESPP permits participants to purchase
common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight
time gross earnings, incentive compensation, bonuses, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for equity
compensation and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,500 shares during a purchase period.
Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at the end of each
six-month period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock
on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. The offering periods are currently approximately six months in
length beginning on the first business day on or after March 1 and September 1 of each year and ending on the first business day on or
after September 1 and March 1 approximately six months later.

As of December 31, 2017, a total of 592,911 shares of common stock were available for sale pursuant to the ESPP.

The number of shares available for sale under the ESPP is increased annually on the first day of each fiscal year equal to the least of:

(cid:129)

179,069 shares;

1.5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the Company’s immediately preceding
fiscal year; or

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

For 2017, an additional 179,069 shares were added to the ESPP share reserve pursuant to the provision described above.

F-29

Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Stock-based compensation expense by type of award:

Stock option plan awards......................................................... $
Restricted stock units and restricted stock awards ..................
Employee stock purchase plan ................................................
Total stock-based compensation expense ..................................... $

2017

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

7,652 $
1,447
541
9,640 $

6,850 $
—
444
7,294 $

3,280
—
360
3,640

Employee stock-based compensation expense was calculated based on awards of stock options, restricted stock units and restricted
stock awards ultimately expected to vest based on the Company’s historical award cancellations. The employee stock-based
compensation expense recognized for 2017, 2016 and 2015 has been reduced for estimated forfeitures of stock option plan awards at a
rate of 7.3%, 6.9% and 7.5%, respectively. The employee stock-based compensation expense recognized for 2017 has been reduced
for estimated forfeitures of restricted stock at a rate of 6.0%. There were no grants of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards
for 2016 or 2015. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if
actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC 718, included in
cost of revenues, sales and marketing expense, general and administrative expense, and research and development expense was as
follows:

(amounts in thousands)
Cost of revenue ............................................................................. $
Research and development ...........................................................
Sales and marketing ......................................................................
General and administrative ...........................................................
Total stock-based compensation expense ............................... $

2017

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

845 $

1,015
1,558
6,222
9,640 $

639 $
776
1,142
4,737
7,294 $

433
431
1,009
1,767
3,640

Valuation assumptions

The employee stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC 718. Stock-based compensation cost for stock awards is
based on the amount of shares ultimately expected to vest, estimated at each reporting date based on management’s expectations
regarding the relevant performance criteria. The value of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a
straight-line basis over the employee’s requisite service period for stock awards with a time-based service condition and on a graded
vesting basis over the employee’s requisite service period for stock awards with performance and time-based service conditions.

Stock–based compensation cost for stock options and employee stock purchase plan are determined at the grant date using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model.

The value of employee options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following
assumptions used:

Expected term (years) ............................................
Risk free interest rate .............................................
Expected dividend yield.........................................
Volatility ................................................................

2017

3.54-4.00
1.65-1.73%
None
41.61-42.15%

2016

3.54-5.48
1.00-1.40%
None
43.95-45.93%

2015

3.50-5.48
0.95-1.77%
None
41.99-44.87%

Under these assumptions, the total weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017,
2016 and 2015 was $8,929, $6,408 and $2,428, respectively.

F-30

401(k) retirement savings plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan for the benefit of eligible employees. Under the terms of this plan, eligible
employees are able to make contributions to the plan on a tax-deferred basis. The Company began matching employees’ contributions,
effective January 1, 2017. The Company contributed $557, net of forfeitures, to the 401(k) plan for the year ended December 31,
2017. The Company made no contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated balances of the components within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were related to unrealized gains
(losses) on foreign currency hedging and available-for-sale investments, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and
2015 were $272, $(35) and $(37), respectively.

7. Commitments and contingencies

Leases and non-cancelable contractual obligations

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment under operating leases that expire through September 2024. At December 31,
2017, the minimum aggregate payments due under operating leases and specified non-cancelable contractual obligations, which
consist of software license and maintenance agreements, are summarized as follows:

Operating Related party

leases

(amounts in thousands)
2018 ........................................................................................... $
2019 ...........................................................................................
2020 ...........................................................................................
2021 ...........................................................................................
2022 ...........................................................................................
Thereafter ..................................................................................
Total........................................................................................... $

1,522 $
1,682
1,298
791
572
873
6,738 $

32 $
32
11
—
—
—
75 $

578 $
578
578
456
—
—
2,190 $

Total

2,132
2,292
1,887
1,247
572
873
9,003

Non-
cancelable
contractual
obligations

As a result of the MedSupport acquisition, the Company leases a property owned by a related party. Rent expense for the property was
$21 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Rent expense of $1,148, $1,028 and $900 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, was included in the
accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Purchase obligations

The Company had approximately $48,900 of outstanding purchase orders with its outside vendors and suppliers as of December 31,
2017.

Warranty obligation

The following table identifies the changes in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31,
2017, 2016 and 2015:

(amounts in thousands)
Product warranty liability at beginning of period................................................................. $
Accruals for warranties issued..............................................................................................
Adjustments related to preexisting warranties (including changes in estimates) .................
Settlements made (in cash or in kind)...................................................................................
Product warranty liability at end of period ........................................................................... $

2017

December 31,
2016

3,480 $
5,275
200
(2,784)
6,171 $

1,973 $
3,123
118
(1,734)
3,480 $

2015

1,115
1,871
510
(1,523)
1,973

F-31

Legislation and HIPAA

The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state and local governments. These laws and
regulations include, but are not necessarily limited to, matters such as licensure, accreditation, government healthcare program
participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, and Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse. Government activity has
continued with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations of fraud and abuse statutes and regulations by
healthcare providers. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in exclusion from government healthcare programs together
with the imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services previously billed.

The Company believes that it is in compliance in all material respects with applicable fraud and abuse regulations and other applicable
government laws and regulations. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and
interpretation as well as regulatory actions unknown or unasserted at this time.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) ensures health insurance portability, reduces healthcare
fraud and abuse, guarantees security and privacy of health information, and enforces standards for health information. The Health
Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH Act) imposes notification requirements of certain security
breaches relating to protected health information. The Company believes that it complies in all material respects with the provisions of
those regulations that are applicable to the Company’s business.

Legal proceedings

Separation Design Group litigation

On October 23, 2015, Separation Design Group IP Holdings, LLC (SDGIP) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the United States
District Court for the Central District of California. On December 7, 2015, SDGIP filed a First Amended Complaint in the SDGIP
Lawsuit.

SDGIP alleged that the Company willfully infringed U.S. Patent Nos. 8,894,751 (‘751 Patent) and 9,199,055 (‘055 Patent), both of
which are titled “Ultra Rapid Cycle Portable Oxygen Concentrator.” SDGIP also alleged misappropriation of trade secrets and breach
of contract stemming from a meeting in September 2010. The Company never received any communication from SDGIP related to
patent infringement, misuse of trade secrets, or breach of the mutual non-disclosure agreement prior to SDGIP filing the lawsuit.
SDGIP sought to recover damages (including compensatory and treble damages), costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), pre-
judgment and post-judgment interest, and other relief that the Court deemed proper. SDGIP also sought a permanent injunction against
the Company.

The Company answered SDGIP’s First Amended Complaint, denying SDGIP’s allegations of patent infringement, trade secret
misappropriation, and breach of contract and asserting several affirmative defenses. The Company also filed counterclaims against
SDGIP alleging that the patents-in-suit were unenforceable due to inequitable conduct.

On May 19, 2017, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB) of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office granted the Company’s inter
partes review (IPR) petition with respect to the ‘751 Patent and instituted review of the validity of the patent claims in the ‘751 Patent
asserted by SDGIP in the lawsuit. On June 16, 2017, the PTAB granted the Company’s IPR petition with respect to the ‘055 Patent
and instituted review of the validity of the patent claims in the ‘055 Patent asserted by SDGIP in the lawsuit.

The parties reached a mutually agreeable settlement in October 2017. On October 19, 2017, the Court dismissed the lawsuit without
prejudice. The parties filed a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal of all claims in the lawsuit with prejudice on November 1, 2017. In the
third quarter of 2017, the Company recognized a loss of $600 for all alleged past damages relating to the asserted patents and trade
secrets, classified within general and administrative expense. In addition, the Company recorded an intangible asset for future rights
to use the patents-in-suit as well as any future patents related to the patents-in-suit of $2,400 in the fourth quarter of 2017. The
Company paid $3,000 on November 3, 2017 finalizing the payment of this settlement. Although the Company came to a settlement
agreement to remove the risk of uncertain legal and financial obligations going forward, the Company in no way assumed or admitted
any wrong doing.

CAIRE Inc. lawsuit

On September 12, 2016, CAIRE Inc. (CAIRE) filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia
against the Company. CAIRE alleged that the Company infringed U.S. Patent No. 6,949,133, entitled “Portable Oxygen
Concentrator.” CAIRE alleged willful infringement and sought damages, injunctive relief, pre-judgment and post-judgment interest,

F-32

costs, and attorneys’ fees. On September 11, 2017, the Company filed with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB) of the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office a petition for inter partes review (IPR) of the patent CAIRE is asserting against the Company.

The parties reached a mutually agreeable settlement in December 2017. The parties filed a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal of all claims
in the lawsuit with prejudice on January 18, 2018. On January 19, 2018, the Court dismissed the lawsuit with prejudice. In the fourth
quarter of 2017, the Company recognized a loss of $100 for all alleged past damages relating to the asserted patent, classified within
general and administrative expense, and also recorded an intangible asset for future rights to use the patent-in-suit of $900. The
Company paid $1,000 on January 17, 2018 finalizing the payment of this settlement. Although the Company came to a settlement
agreement to remove the risk of uncertain legal and financial obligations going forward, the Company in no way assumed or admitted
any wrong doing.

Other legal proceedings

The Company is party to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. The Company carries insurance, subject
to specified deductibles under the policies, to protect against losses from certain types of legal claims. At this time, the Company does
not anticipate that any of these other proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. Regardless of the
outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management
resources, and other factors.

8. Foreign currency exchange contracts and hedging

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company’s total non-designated and designated derivative contracts had
notional amounts totaling approximately $2,350 and $13,818, respectively, and $456 and $911, respectively. These contracts were
comprised of offsetting contracts with the same counterparty, each expires within one to nine months, and had an unrealized loss of
approximately $121, net of tax, during 2017, an unrealized gain of approximately $47, net of tax, during 2016, and an unrealized loss
of approximately $14, net of tax, during 2015.

The nonperformance risk of the Company and the counterparty did not have a material impact on the fair value of the derivatives.
During the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial
and the hedges remained effective through their respective settlement dates. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had eighteen
designated hedges and three non-designated hedges. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had four designated hedges and two non-
designated hedges.

9. Quarterly summary of information (unaudited)

The following table sets forth the Company’s unaudited quarterly statements of income data in dollars for each of the eight quarters in
the period ended December 31, 2017. The Company has prepared the quarterly statements of income data on a basis consistent with
the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, which the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of this data. The results of historical
periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any future period.

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Quarterly Results 2017
Total revenue ........................................................................ $
Gross profit ...........................................................................
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes.............
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.....................................
Net income (loss)..................................................................
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders:
Basic ............................................................................ $
Diluted ......................................................................... $
Weighted-average number of shares used in

Q1 March

Q2 June

Q3 September

52,500 $
25,744
5,879
(53)
5,932

64,121 $
31,567
9,166
828
8,338

Q4 December
63,787
30,756
5,794
6,400
(606)

69,030 $
33,170
8,817
1,479
7,338

0.29 $
0.27 $

0.40 $
0.38 $

0.35 $
0.33 $

(0.03)
(0.03)

calculating net income (loss) per share attributable
to common stockholders:

Basic common shares ...................................................
Diluted common shares ................................................

20,489,532
21,579,721

20,622,320
21,848,359

20,753,789
21,998,660

20,869,589
22,167,358

F-33

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Quarterly Results 2016
Total revenue ........................................................................ $
Gross profit ...........................................................................
Income before provision for income taxes ...........................
Provision for income taxes ...................................................
Net income............................................................................
Net income per share attributable to
common stockholders:
Basic ............................................................................ $
Diluted ......................................................................... $
Weighted-average number of shares used in

Q1 March

Q2 June

Q3 September

42,989 $
21,279
3,400
879
2,521

54,567 $
26,215
8,042
550
7,492

Q4 December
50,851
24,688
5,834
574
5,260

54,422 $
25,128
5,449
203
5,246

0.13 $
0.12 $

0.38 $
0.36 $

0.26 $
0.25 $

0.26
0.25

calculating net income per share attributable
to common stockholders:

Basic common shares ...................................................
Diluted common shares ................................................

19,827,669
20,840,367

19,972,395
20,997,429

20,157,688
21,182,587

20,310,857
21,362,513

Earnings per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly amounts will not
necessarily equal the total for the year.

F-34

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(amounts in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2017

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)........................ $
Allowance for sales returns (2) ................................
Allowance for rental revenue adjustments (3) .........
Allowance for inventory reserves (4).......................
Allowance for rental asset loss (5) ...........................

Year ended December 31, 2016

Year ended December 31, 2015

Balance
Beginning
of Year

Additions

Deletions

Adjustments

End of Year

Balance at

1,869 $
585
6,078
191
725

1,664 $
366
4,115
128
850

1,180 $
173
2,392
141
832

3,864 $
9,909
5,057
340
561

3,580 $
7,502
10,777
133
455

2,680 $
4,918
8,543
89
498

4,418 $
9,590
10,088
132
532

2,575 $
7,283
9,614
70
580

2,196 $
4,725
6,820
102
480

100 $
—
(100)
—
—

(800) $
—
800
—
—

— $
—
—
—
—

1,415
904
947
399
754

1,869
585
6,078
191
725

1,664
366
4,115
128
850

(1) The additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts represent the estimates of bad debt expense based upon factors for which the
company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable, with actual recoveries netted into additions. Deductions are the actual
write-offs of the receivables.

(2) The additions to the allowance for sales returns represent estimates of returns based upon historical returns experience, primarily

for the direct-to-consumer sales channel. Deductions are the actual returns of products.

(3) The additions to the allowance for rental revenue adjustments represent estimates of revenue adjustments that will need to be

recorded for billing adjustments on rental revenue, net of recoveries. Deductions are the actual adjustments and write-offs of the
rental receivables for such revenue adjustments.

(4) The inventory allowances are adjusted quarterly for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving, lost or impaired items. Deductions

are the actual write-offs of the inventories.

(5) The allowance for rental asset loss is based on estimated losses of the Company’s rental assets that will potentially be lost, stolen

or unrecoverable from the patient. Deductions are the actual write-offs of the rental assets.

F-35

EXHIBIT INDEX

Description

Thirteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.

Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated March
12, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein, as
amended.

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.

2002 Stock Plan, as amended.

Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under
the 2002 Stock Plan, as amended.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Time-Based under the 2014
Equity Incentive Plan.

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Performance-Based under the
2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement – Time-Based under the 2014
Equity Incentive Plan.

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement – Performance-Based under
the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant
and Raymond Huggenberger.

Incorporated
by Reference
From Form

Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number

S-1

S-1/A

S-1

S-1/A

10-Q

S-1/A

S-1

S-1/A

3.2

3.3

4.1

4.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.8

10.9

10.10

Date
Filed

11/27/13

01/16/14

11/27/13

01/28/14

11/07/17

01/28/14

11/27/13

12/23/13

Amended and Restated Employment and Severance Agreement, effective
March 1, 2017, between the Registrant and Scott Wilkinson.

10-K

10.11

02/28/17

Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant
and Alison Bauerlein.

Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant
and Matt Scribner.

Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant
and Brenton Taylor.

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement,
dated October 12, 2012, between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, as
amended.

S-1/A

10.12

12/23/13

S-1/A

10.13

12/23/13

S-1/A

10.14

12/23/13

S-1/A

10.15

01/16/14

Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2012, between the Registrant and
Comerica Bank.

S-1/A

10.16

01/16/14

Multi-Purpose Commercial Building Lease, dated February 1, 2010,
between the Registrant and Rockbridge Investments, L.P., as amended.

S-1

10.17

11/27/13

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1+

10.2+

10.3+

10.4+

10.5+

10.6+

10.7A+

10.7B+

10.7C+

10.7D+

10.7E+

10.8+

10.9+

10.10+

10.11+

10.12+

10.13+

10.14+

10.15+

10.16

10.17

Exhibit
Number

Description

Lease Agreement, dated May 3, 2012, between the Registrant and
Bayview (TX) Holding LLC.

License Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, between the Registrant and Air
Products and Chemicals, Inc.

Amendment to License Agreement, dated October 23, 2009, between the
Registrant and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

Amendment No. 2 to License Agreement, dated October 4, 2010, between
the Registrant and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

Amendment No. 3 to License Agreement, dated March 22, 2011, between
the Registrant and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

Lease Agreement, dated December 4, 2014, between the Registrant and
TCIT Dallas Industrial, Inc.

Inogen Continuing Security, dated November 7, 2014 between the
Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Inogen Credit Agreement, dated November 7, 2014 between the Registrant
and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Inogen LC Note, dated November 7, 2014 between the Registrant and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Second Amendment to lease, dated January 20, 2015, between Registrant
and Rockbridge Investments, L.P.

Amended and Restated Employment and Severance Agreement, effective
January 1, 2017, between the Registrant and Byron Myers

First Amendment and Expansion of Premises entered into as of
November 9, 2015, by and between Registrant and ATLAS 35-75
INDUSTRIAL, LP

Private Label Distribution Agreement, effective as of November 12, 2014,
between the Registrant and Applied Home Healthcare Equipment LLC, as
amended

Incorporated
by Reference
From Form

Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number

Date
Filed

S-1

10.18

11/27/13

S-1/A

10.19

12/23/13

S-1

10-K

10-Q

10-K

8-K

10.20

11/27/13

10.21

11/27/13

10.22

11/27/13

10.23

04/27/15

10.24

04/27/15

10.25

04/27/15

10.26

04/27/15

10.1

05/12/15

10.28

02/28/17

10.1

11/10/15

10-Q

10.1

11/03/16

Addendum to Private Label Distribution Agreement between the Company
and Applied Home Healthcare Equipment LLC, as amended

10-Q

10.1

05/09/17

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm.

Powers of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this Annual Report
on Form 10-K).

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules
13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules
13a 14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed
Herewith

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28+

10.29

10.30*

10.31

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1~

Exhibit
Number

Description

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Document

Incorporated
by Reference
From Form

Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number

Date
Filed

+
*

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission for
confidential treatment.
The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are deemed furnished and not filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Inogen, Inc. under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

INOGEN, INC.
(Registrant)

By:

/s/ Scott Wilkinson
Scott Wilkinson
Chief Executive Officer
President
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Dated: February 27, 2018

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints
Scott Wilkinson and Alison Bauerlein, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

/s/ Scott Wilkinson
Scott Wilkinson

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Alison Bauerlein
Alison Bauerlein

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Date

February 27, 2018

/s/ Heath Lukatch, Ph.D.
Heath Lukatch, Ph.D.

/s/ Benjamin Anderson-Ray
Benjamin Anderson-Ray

/s/ Heather Rider
Heather Rider

/s/ Loren McFarland
Loren McFarland

/s/ R. Scott Greer
R. Scott Greer

/s/ Scott Beardsley
Scott Beardsley

/s/ Raymond Huggenberger
Raymond Huggenberger

Chairman of the Board

February 27, 2018

Director

February 27, 2018

“This Page Intentionally Left Blank”

revenue growth, if any. Inogen’s business,
revenues, and operating results as well as
its rate of revenue growth, if any, will be
subject to numerous risks and uncertainties,
including (among others) risks arising from
the possibility that Inogen will not realize
anticipated revenue; the impact of reduced
reimbursement rates, including in connection
with competitive bidding and the Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) rules;
the possible loss of key employees, customers,
or suppliers and intellectual property risks
if Inogen is unable to secure and maintain
patent or other intellectual property
protection for the intellectual property used
in its products. In addition, Inogen’s business
is subject to numerous additional risks and
uncertainties, including, among others, risks
relating to market acceptance of its products;
its ability to successfully launch new products
and applications; competition; its sales,
marketing and distribution capabilities;
its planned sales, marketing, and research
and development activities; interruptions
or delays in the supply of components
or materials for, or manufacturing of, its
products; seasonal variations in customer
operations; unanticipated increases in costs
or expenses; cyber-based attacks or network
security breaches; and risks associated
with international operations. In addition,
investors in Inogen should review the more
detailed discussions of risks and uncertainties
aﬀ ecting our business described under the
caption “Risk factors” in our Annual Report
on Form 10-K ﬁ led with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on February 27,
2018 and supplemented in our subsequent
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.
Except as required by law, we assume no
obligation to update these forward-looking
statements publicly, or to update the reasons
actual results could diﬀ er materially from
those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements, even if new information becomes
available in the future.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Heath Lukatch, Ph.D.
Chairman
Partner and Managing Director, TPG Biotech
Scott Wilkinson
Chief Executive Oﬃ cer, President and
Director
Raymond Huggenberger
Director, Former Chief Executive Oﬃ cer
R. Scott Greer
Managing Director, Numenor Ventures, LLC
Benjamin Anderson-Ray
Partner and Advisor, Trinitas Advisors
Loren McFarland
President and Managing Member, Santa
Barbara Financial Services, LLC
Heather Rider
Former Vice President, Global Human
Resources, Cymer, Inc.
Scott Beardsley
Managing Partner, Novo Ventures (US), Inc.

Computershare Investor Services
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233
T: (877) 373 6374 (U.S.)
T: (781) 575-3120 (International)
www.computershare.com/investor

LEGAL COUNSEL
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
San Diego, California

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los Angeles, California

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Inogen, Inc.
Investor Relations Department
326 Bollay Drive
Goleta, California 93117

CORPORATE EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Scott Wilkinson
Chief Executive Oﬃ cer, President and
Director
Alison Bauerlein
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief
Financial Oﬃ cer, Secretary and Treasurer
Matthew Scribner
Executive Vice President, Operations
Brenton Taylor
Executive Vice President, Engineering
Byron Myers
Executive Vice President, Sales and
Marketing

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
Stockholders may receive a copy of our
annual report on Form 10-K, including the
ﬁ nancial statements and the ﬁ nancial
statement schedules, free of charge upon
the written request of any such person. All
such requests shall be sent to Inogen, Inc.,
Investor Relations Department, 326 Bollay
Drive, Goleta, California 93117.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Inogen, Inc.
326 Bollay Drive
Goleta, California 93117
T: (805) 562-0500
www.inogen.com

COMMON STOCK LISTING
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Ticker Symbol: INGN

ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
May 10, 2018 at 10:00 a.m. (Paciﬁ c Time)
Inogen, Inc.
326 Bollay Drive
Goleta, California 93117

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT
For questions regarding your account,
changes of address or the consolidation of
accounts, please contact the Company’s
transfer agent:

INTERNET ADDRESS INFORMATION
Visit us online at www.inogen.com for more
information about Inogen. The 2017 Annual
Report is available online by visiting http://
investor.inogen.com

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements
This 2017 Annual Report contains forward-
[PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
looking statements that are based on our
management’s beliefs and assumptions
and on information currently available to
our management. The forward-looking
statements are contained principally in
the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk
Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.” Forward-looking
statements include information concerning
our possible or assumed future results of
operations, business strategies, ﬁ nancing
plans, competitive position, industry
environment, potential growth opportunities
and market growth expectations, hiring
plans, productivity improvements, new
product launches, and the eﬀ ects of
competition. Forward-looking statements
include statements that are not historical
facts and can be identiﬁ ed by terms such as
“anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,”
“estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,”
“plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,”
“should,” “will,” “would” or similar
expressions and the negatives of those terms.
Forward-looking statements involve known
and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other factors that may cause our actual
results, performance, or achievements to be
materially diﬀ erent from any future results,
performance, or achievements expressed or
implied by the forward-looking statements.
Given these uncertainties, you should not
place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements. In particular, Inogen, Inc.
(“Inogen”) cannot predict its future revenues
or operating results or its future rates of

[PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Inogen, Inc.
326 Bollay Dr
Goleta, CA 93117